Annual Statements Open main menu

ConnectOne Bancorp, Inc. - Annual Report: 2011 (Form 10-K)

  

  

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM 10-K



 

 
(Mark One)     
x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011

OR

 
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

For the Transition Period from  to 

Commission File Number: 000-11486



 

CENTER BANCORP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 
New Jersey   52-1273725
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (IRS Employer
Identification Number)

2455 Morris Avenue, Union, NJ 07083-0007

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(908) 688-9500

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)



 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

Common Stock, No Par Value

(Title of Class)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None



 

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.Yes o No x

Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Regulation S-T (232,405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant has required to submit and post such files.) Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to the Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     
Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer x   Non-Accelerated o   Small Reporting Company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes o or No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold or the average bid and ask price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter — $126.4 million

Shares Outstanding on March 1, 2012
Common Stock, no par value: 16,332,327 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Definitive proxy statement in connection with the 2012 Annual Stockholders Meeting to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A will be incorporated by reference in Part III.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC.
  
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
PART I
 

Item 1.

Business

    1  

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

    16  

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

    23  

Item 2.

Properties

    23  

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

    24  

Item 3A.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

    25  

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

    26  
PART II
 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    27  

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

    29  

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    32  

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    65  

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

    F-1  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Center Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
        
Consolidated Statements of Condition     F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Income     F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity     F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows     F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-8  

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    66  

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

    66  

Item 9B.

Other Information

    69  
PART III
 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    70  

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

    70  

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    70  

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    70  

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    70  
PART IV
 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedules

    71  
Signatures     74  

Information included in or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Corporation’s press releases or other public statements, contain or may contain forward looking statements. Please refer to a discussion of the Corporation’s forward looking statements and associated risks in “Item 1 — Business — Historical Development of Business” and “Item 1A — Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-K
  
PART I

Item 1. Business

Historical Development of Business

This report, in Item 1, Item 7 and elsewhere, includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Sections 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of Center Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including statements preceded by, followed by or that include words or phrases such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “trend,” “objective,” “continue,” “remain,” “pattern” or similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “might,” “can,” “may” or similar expressions. There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to: (1) competitive pressures among depository institutions may increase significantly; (2) changes in the interest rate environment may reduce interest margins; (3) prepayment speeds, loan origination and sale volumes, charge-offs and loan loss provisions may vary substantially from period to period; (4) general economic conditions may be less favorable than expected; (5) political developments, wars or other hostilities may disrupt or increase volatility in securities markets or other economic conditions; (6) legislative or regulatory changes or actions may adversely affect the businesses in which Center Bancorp, Inc. is engaged; (7) changes and trends in the securities markets may adversely impact Center Bancorp, Inc; (8) a delayed or incomplete resolution of regulatory issues could adversely impact our planning; (9) difficulties in integrating any businesses that we may acquire, which may increase our expenses and delay the achievement of any benefits that we may expect from such acquisitions; (10) the impact of reputation risk created by the developments discussed above on such matters as business generation and retention, funding and liquidity could be significant; and (11) the outcome of regulatory and legal investigations and proceedings may not be anticipated. Further information on other factors that could affect the financial results of Center Bancorp, Inc. are included in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in Center Bancorp’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These documents are available free of charge at the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov and/or from Center Bancorp, Inc. Center Bancorp, Inc. assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements at any time.

Center Bancorp, Inc., a one-bank holding company, was incorporated in the state of New Jersey on November 12, 1982. Upon the acquisition of all outstanding shares of capital stock of Union Center National Bank (the “Bank”), its principal subsidiary, Center Bancorp, Inc. commenced operations on May 1, 1983. The holding company’s sole activity, at this time, is to act as a holding company for the Bank and other subsidiaries. As used herein, the term “Corporation” shall refer to Center Bancorp, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and the term “Parent Corporation” shall refer to Center Bancorp, Inc. on an unconsolidated basis.

Center Bancorp, Inc. owns 100 percent of the voting shares of Center Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust II, through which it issued trust preferred securities. The trust exists for the exclusive purpose of (i) issuing trust securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trust; (ii) investing the gross proceeds of the trust securities in $5.2 million of junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (subordinated debentures) of the Corporation; and (iii) engaging in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto. These subordinated debentures and the related income effects are not eliminated in the consolidated financial statements as the statutory business trust is not consolidated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) FASB ASC 810-10 (previously FASB interpretation No. 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” Distributions on the subordinated debentures owned by the subsidiary trust have been classified as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Except as described above, the Corporation’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are all included in the consolidated financial statements of Center Bancorp, Inc. These subsidiaries include an advertising subsidiary; an insurance subsidiary offering annuity products, property and casualty, life and health insurance, and various investment subsidiaries which hold, maintain and manage investment assets for the Corporation.

On February 1, 2012, the Bank entered into a Bank Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Saddle River Valley Bancorp and Saddle River Valley Bank (“SRVB”). Under the Agreement, at closing, the Bank will purchase SRVB’s branches, located in Saddle River, New Jersey and Oakland, New Jersey, as well as substantially all of SRVB’s assets and SRVB’s deposit base, for an all-cash purchase price equal to 90% of SRVB’s adjusted stockholders’ equity at closing. The purchase price is expected to be between $10 million and $11 million. The Agreement provides for standard representations and warranties, indemnities and covenants. Closing is subject to customary conditions, including receipt of regulatory approval and approval of the transaction by the stockholders of Saddle River Valley Bancorp. It is anticipated that the transaction will close during the second quarter of 2012. Center Bancorp expects the transaction to be immediately accretive to earnings, excluding restructuring expenses.

SEC Reports and Corporate Governance

The Parent Corporation makes its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments thereto available on its website at www.centerbancorp.com without charge as soon as reasonably practicable after filing or furnishing them to the SEC. Also available on the website are the Corporation’s corporate code of ethics that applies to all of the Corporation’s employees, including principal officers and directors, and charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating Committee.

The Parent Corporation has filed the certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to the Parent Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as exhibits to this Report. Center Bancorp’s CEO submitted the required annual CEO’s Certification regarding the NASDAQ’s corporate governance listing standards, Section 12(a) CEO Certification, to the NASDAQ within the required time frame after the 2011 annual shareholders’ meeting.

Additionally, the Parent Corporation will provide without charge, a copy of its Annual Report on Form 10-K to any shareholder by mail. Requests should be sent to Center Bancorp, Inc, Attention: Shareholder Relations, 2455 Morris Avenue, Union, New Jersey, 07083.

Narrative Description of the Business

The Bank offers a broad range of lending, depository and related financial services to commercial, industrial and governmental customers. The Bank has full trust powers, enabling it to offer a variety of trust services to its customers. In the lending area, the Bank’s services include short and medium term loans, lines of credit, letters of credit, working capital loans, real estate construction loans and mortgage loans. In the depository area, the Bank offers demand deposits, savings accounts and time deposits. In addition, the Bank offers collection services, wire transfers, night depository and lock box services.

The Bank offers a broad range of consumer banking services, including interest bearing and non-interest bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, IRA accounts, Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) accessibility using Star Systems, Inc. service, secured and unsecured loans, mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, safe deposit boxes, Christmas club accounts, vacation club accounts, money orders and travelers’ checks.

The Bank, through its subsidiary, Center Financial Group LLC, provides financial services, including brokerage services, insurance and annuities, mutual funds and financial planning.

The Bank offers various money market services. It deals in U.S. Treasury and U.S. Governmental agency securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.

The Bank entered into a limited liability company operating agreement with Morris Property Company, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, during the fourth quarter of 2008. The purpose of Morris Property Company, LLC is to hold foreclosed assets.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On August 20, 2010, the Bank formed UCNB 1031 Exchange, LLC, for the purpose of providing customers 1031 exchange services. In August of 2011, the Bank liquidated this business.

Competitive pressures affect the Corporation’s manner of conducting business. Competition stems not only from other commercial banks but also from other financial institutions such as savings banks, savings and loan associations, mortgage companies, leasing companies and various other financial service and advisory companies. Many of the financial institutions operating in the Corporation’s primary market are substantially larger and offer a wider variety of products and services than the Corporation.

Supervision and Regulation

The banking industry is highly regulated. Statutory and regulatory controls increase a bank holding company’s cost of doing business and limit the options of its management to deploy assets and maximize income. The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of such laws and regulations on the Corporation or its Bank subsidiary. It is intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

Center Bancorp, Inc. is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “Holding Company Act”). As a bank holding company, the Parent Corporation is supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) and is required to file reports with the FRB and provide such additional information as the FRB may require. The Parent Corporation and it subsidiaries are subject to examination by the FRB.

The Holding Company Act prohibits the Corporation, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to subsidiary banks, except that it may, upon application, engage in, and may own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the FRB to be so closely related to banking “as to be a proper incident thereto.” The Holding Company Act requires prior approval by the FRB of the acquisition by Center Bancorp, Inc. of more than five percent of the voting stock of any other bank. Satisfactory capital ratios and Community Reinvestment Act ratings and anti-money laundering policies are generally prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions. The policy of the FRB provides that a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support the subsidiary bank in circumstances in which it might not do so absent that policy.

Acquisitions through Union Center National Bank require approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency of the United States (“OCC”). The Holding Company Act does not place territorial restrictions on the activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, discussed below, allows the Corporation to expand into insurance, securities, merchant banking activities, and other activities that are financial in nature.

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Interstate Banking and Branching Act”) enables bank holding companies to acquire banks in states other than their home state, regardless of applicable state law. The Interstate Banking and Branching Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate banks with branches in more than one state. Under the legislation, each state had the opportunity to “opt-out” of this provision. Furthermore, a state may “opt-in” with respect to de novo branching, thereby permitting a bank to open new branches in a state in which the bank does not already have a branch. Without de novo branching, an out-of-state commercial bank can enter the state only by acquiring an existing bank or branch. The vast majority of states have allowed interstate banking by merger but have not authorized de novo branching.

New Jersey enacted legislation to authorize interstate banking and branching and the entry into New Jersey of foreign country banks. New Jersey did not authorize de novo branching into the state. However, under federal law, federal savings banks which meet certain conditions may branch de novo into a state, regardless of state law. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”, described in more detail below) removes the restrictions on interstate branching contained in the Interstate Banking and Branching Act, and allows national banks and state banks to establish branches

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in any state if, under the laws of the state in which the branch is to be located, a state bank chartered by that state would be permitted to establish the branch.

Regulation of Bank Subsidiary

The operations of the Bank are subject to requirements and restrictions under federal law, including requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the types and amounts of loans that may be granted, and limitations on the types of investments that may be made and the types of services which may be offered. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of the Bank. Approval of the Comptroller of the Currency is required for branching, bank mergers in which the continuing bank is a national bank and in connection with certain fundamental corporate changes affecting the Bank. There are various legal limitations, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which govern the extent to which a bank subsidiary may finance or otherwise supply funds to its holding company or its holding company’s non-bank subsidiaries. Under federal law, no bank subsidiary may, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, its parent or the non-bank subsidiaries of its parent (other than direct subsidiaries of such bank which are not financial subsidiaries) or take their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Each bank subsidiary is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.

The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act, adopted in 2010, is expected to have a broad impact on the financial services industry, as a result of the significant regulatory and compliance changes made by the Dodd-Frank Act, including, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority over troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (iii) increased regulatory examination fees; (iv) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and (v) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC. A summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is set forth below:

Minimum Capital Requirements.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires new capital rules and the application of the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies. In addition to making bank holding companies subject to the same capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries, these provisions (often referred to as the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act) were also intended to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. Under the Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities issued by a bank holding company such as Center Bancorp (with total consolidated assets between $500 million and $15 billion) before May 19, 2010 and treated as regulatory capital are grandfathered, but any such securities issued later are not eligible as regulatory capital. On June 14, 2011, the federal banking agencies published a final rule regarding minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies consistent with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires banking regulators to seek to make capital standards countercyclical, so that the required levels of capital increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“Bureau”).  The Dodd-Frank Act created the Bureau within the Federal Reserve. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank consumers. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are more stringent than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against state-chartered institutions. The

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators.
Deposit Insurance.  The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. In December 2010, the FDIC increased the designated reserve ratio to 2.0 percent.
Shareholder Votes.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies like Center Bancorp to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments in certain circumstances. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials.
Transactions with Affiliates.  The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. These requirements became effective during 2011.
Transactions with Insiders.  Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors. These requirements became effective during 2011.
Enhanced Lending Limits.  The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened the previous limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower which limited a depository institution’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.
Compensation Practices.  The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other “covered financial institution” that provides an insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or compensation that gives rise to excessive risk or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which set forth three key principles concerning incentive compensation arrangements:
such arrangements should provide employees incentives that balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose the financial institution to imprudent risk;
such arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and
such arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance with effective and active oversight by the financial institution’s board of directors.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Together, the Dodd-Frank Act and the recent guidance on compensation may impact the Corporation’s compensation practices.

Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of the new requirements called for have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on financial institutions’ operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

Regulation W

Regulation W codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions. Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. The Parent Corporation is considered to be an affiliate of the Bank. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:

to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and
to an amount equal to 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates

In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:

a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;
a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;
a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;
the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and
the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

Further, under regulation W:

a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;
covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and
with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by certain types of collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit

Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Capital Adequacy Guidelines

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted risk-based capital guidelines. These guidelines establish minimum levels of capital and require capital adequacy to be measured in part upon the degree of risk associated with certain assets. Under these guidelines all banks and bank holding companies must have a core or Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4% and a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 8%. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio and total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio were 12.00 percent and 12.89 percent, respectively.

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have approved leverage ratio guidelines (Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets, less goodwill) for bank holding companies such as the Parent Corporation. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points. The Parent Corporation’s leverage ratio was 9.29 percent at December 31, 2011.

The OCC has established higher minimum capital ratios for the Bank effective as of December 31, 2009. See “FDICIA”.

Under FDICIA, federal banking agencies have established certain additional minimum levels of capital. See “FDICIA”.

FDICIA

Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), each federal banking agency has promulgated regulations, specifying the levels at which a financial institution would be considered “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized,” and to take certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions based on the capital level of the institution. To qualify to engage in financial activities under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, all depository institutions must be “well capitalized.”

The OCC’s regulations implementing these provisions of FDICIA provide that an institution will be classified as “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0 percent, and (iv) meets certain other requirements. An institution will be classified as “adequately capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) at least 4.0 percent or (b) at least 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination, and (iv) does not meet the definition of “well capitalized.” An institution will be classified as “undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0 percent, (ii) has a 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) less than 4.0 percent or (b) less than 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination. An institution will be classified as “significantly undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3.0 percent. An institution will be classified as “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent. An insured depository institution may be deemed to be in a lower capitalization category if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating.

The OCC has established higher minimum capital ratios for the Bank effective as of December 31, 2009: Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital of 10.0 percent, Total Risk-Based Capital of 12.0 percent and Tier 1 Leverage Capital of 8.0 percent. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s capital ratios were all above the minimum levels required.

In addition, significant provisions of FDICIA required federal banking regulators to impose standards in a number of other important areas to assure bank safety and soundness, including internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, credit underwriting, asset growth, compensation, loan documentation and interest rate exposure.

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additional Regulation of Capital

The federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord (“Basel I”) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies and regulations to which they apply. Actions of the Committee have no direct effect on banks in participating countries. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord (“Basel II”) to replace Basel I. Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit risk — an internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions’ circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines. Basel II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures. The Corporation is not required to comply with the advanced approaches of Basel II.

In 2009, the United States Treasury Department issued a policy statement (the “Treasury Policy Statement”) entitled “Principles for Reforming the U.S. and International Regulatory Capital Framework for Banking Firms,” which contemplates changes to the existing regulatory capital regime involving substantial revisions to major parts of the Basel I and Basel II capital frameworks and affecting all regulated banking organizations. The Treasury Policy Statement calls for, among other things, higher and stronger capital requirements for all banking firms, with changes to the regulatory capital framework to be phased in over a period of several years.

On December 17, 2009, the Basel Committee issued a set of proposals (the “2009 Capital Proposals”) that would significantly revise the definitions of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Among other things, the 2009 Capital Proposals would re-emphasize that common equity is the predominant component of Tier 1 capital. Concurrently with the release of the 2009 Capital Proposals, the Basel Committee also released a set of proposals related to liquidity risk exposure (the “2009 Liquidity Proposals”). The 2009 Liquidity Proposals include the implementation of (i) a “liquidity coverage ratio” or LCR, designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high-quality assets sufficient to meet the bank’s liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario and (ii) a “net stable funding ratio” or NSFR, designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon.

The Dodd-Frank Act includes certain provisions, often referred to as the “Collins Amendment,” concerning the capital requirements of the United States banking regulators. These provisions are intended to subject bank holding companies to the same capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries and to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. Under the Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities issued by a company, such as Union Center National Bank, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion before May 19, 2010 are treated as regulatory capital, but any such securities issued later are not eligible as regulatory capital. The banking regulators must develop regulations setting minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements for holding companies and banks on a consolidated basis that are no less stringent than the generally applicable requirements in effect for depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations. The banking regulators also must seek to make capital standards countercyclical so that the required levels of capital increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction.

On December 20, 2011, the Federal Reserve issued a proposed rule designed to implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act to establish stricter prudential standards for all bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more for certain nonbank financial firms. The proposed rule requires firms to develop annual capital plans, conduct stress tests, and maintain adequate capital, including a tier one common risk-based capital ratio greater than 5 percent, under both expected and stressed conditions.

In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee published the final texts of reforms on capital and liquidity generally referred to as “Basel III.” Although Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks, its provisions are likely to be considered by

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United States banking regulators in developing new regulations applicable to other banks in the United States, including Union Center National Bank.

For banks in the United States, among the most significant provisions of Basel III concerning capital are the following:

A minimum ratio of common equity to risk-weighted assets reaching 4.5%, plus an additional 2.5% as a capital conservation buffer, by 2019 after a phase-in period.
A minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets reaching 6.0% by 2019 after a phase-in period.
A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets, plus the additional 2.5% capital conservation buffer, reaching 10.5% by 2019 after a phase-in period.
An additional countercyclical capital buffer to be imposed by applicable national banking regulators periodically at their discretion, with advance notice.
Restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses applicable when capital ratios fall within the buffer zone.
Deduction from common equity of deferred tax assets that depend on future profitability to be realized.
Increased capital requirements for counterparty credit risk relating to OTC derivatives, repos and securities financing activities.
For capital instruments issued on or after January 13, 2013 (other than common equity), a loss-absorbency requirement such that the instrument must be written off or converted to common equity if a trigger event occurs, either pursuant to applicable law or at the direction of the banking regulator. A trigger event is an event under which the banking entity would become nonviable without the write-off or conversion, or without an injection of capital from the public sector. The issuer must maintain authorization to issue the requisite shares of common equity if conversion were required.

Federal Deposit Insurance and Premiums

Substantially all of the deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the basic federal deposit insurance limit was permanently increased from at least $100,000 to at least $250,000. In addition, on November 9, 2010 and January 18, 2011, the FDIC (as mandated by Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act) adopted rules providing for unlimited deposit insurance for traditional noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts beginning December 31, 2010 until December 31, 2012. This coverage, which applies to all insured deposit institutions, does not charge any additional FDIC assessment to the institution. Furthermore, this unlimited coverage is separate from, and in addition to, the coverage provided to depositors with respect to other accounts held at an insured institution.

On May 22, 2009, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule imposing a special assessment on the entire banking industry. The special assessment was calculated as five basis points times each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier I capital, as reported in the report of condition as of June 30, 2009 and would not exceed ten times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009 risk- based assessment. This special assessment, which totaled $1.2 million, was remitted by the Bank on September 30, 2009.

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted the final rule which required insured depository institutions to prepay their quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012. On December 30, 2009, the Bank remitted an FDIC prepayment in the amount of $5.7 million. An institution’s prepaid assessment was based on the total base assessment rate that the institution paid for the third quarter of 2009, adjusted quarterly by an estimated annual growth rate of 5% through the end of 2012, plus, for 2011 and 2012, an increase in the total base assessment rate on September 30, 2009 by an annualized three basis points. Any prepaid assessment in excess of the amounts that are subsequently determined to be

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

actually due to the FDIC by June 30, 2013, will be returned to the institution at that time. As of December 31, 2011 the Bank recognized a total of $3.8 million in FDIC expense of the $5.7 million assessments prepaid on December 30, 2009.

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a rule to change the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. These new assessment rates began in the second quarter of 2011 and were paid at the end of September 2011. Since the new base is larger than the current base, the FDIC’s rule lowers total base assessment rates to between 5 and 9 basis points for banks in the lowest risk category, and 35 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The Company paid $1.7 million in 2011, as compared to $2.1 million in 2010.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has established 2.0% as the designated reserve ratio (DRR), that is, the ratio of the DIF to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by September 30, 2020, the deadline imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%. The FDIC has not yet announced how it will implement this offset.

In addition to deposit insurance assessments, the FDIC is required to continue to collect from institutions payments for the servicing of obligations of the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) that were issued in connection with the resolution of savings and loan associations, so long as such obligations remain outstanding. The Bank paid a FICO premium of $84,000 in 2011 and expects to pay a similar premium in 2012.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999:

allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital, and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than previously was permissible, including insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies; if a bank holding company elects to become a financial holding company, it files a certification, effective in 30 days, and thereafter may engage in certain financial activities without further approvals;
allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks;
removes various restrictions that previously applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and
establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations.

The Modernization Act also modified other financial laws, including laws related to financial privacy and community reinvestment.

Community Reinvestment Act

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by OCC regulations, a national bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a national bank, to assess the bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such bank.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USA PATRIOT Act

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through domestic security measures, surveillance powers, information sharing, and anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act encourages information-sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrift institutions, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Among other requirements, the USA PATRIOT Act imposes the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:

All financial institutions must establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at a minimum: (i) internal policies, procedures, and controls; (ii) specific designation of an anti-money laundering compliance officer; (iii) ongoing employee training programs; and (iv) an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program.
The Secretary of the Department of Treasury, in conjunction with other bank regulators, is authorized to issue regulations that provide for minimum standards with respect to customer identification at the time new accounts are opened.
Financial institutions that establish, maintain, administer, or manage private banking accounts or correspondence accounts in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives (including foreign individuals visiting the United States) are required to establish appropriate, specific and, where necessary, enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls designed to detect and report money laundering.
Financial institutions are prohibited from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks (foreign banks that do not have a physical presence in any country), and will be subject to certain record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.
Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.

The United States Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which address various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and are applicable to financial institutions such as the Bank. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOA”) were to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties by publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. The SOA generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The SOA includes specific disclosure requirements and corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC

TARP and SBLF

In January 2009, the Parent Corporation issued $10.0 million of its nonvoting non-convertible senior preferred stock (the “TARP Preferred Stock”) to the United States Treasury pursuant to Congress’ Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On September 15, 2011, the Parent Corporation entered into and consummated the transactions contemplated by a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with the Secretary of the Treasury (the “Secretary”) under the Small Business Lending Fund program (the “SBLF Program”), a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 that is designed to encourage lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion. Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Parent Corporation issued to the Secretary a total of 11,250 shares of the Parent Corporation’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “SBLF Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation value of $1,000 per share, for a total purchase price of $11,250,000. The SBLF Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to a Certificate of Amendment to the Parent Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Amendment”) filed on September 13, 2011.

The SBLF Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital. Non-cumulative dividends are payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 for the SBLF Preferred Stock, commencing on January 1, 2012. The dividend rate is calculated as a percentage of the aggregate liquidation value of the outstanding SBLF Preferred Stock and is based on changes in the level of “Qualified Small Business Lending” or “QSBL” (as defined in the Certificate of Amendment) by the Bank, compared to the Bank’s baseline QSBL level. Based upon the Bank’s initial level of QSBL compared to the baseline, as calculated under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Stock was set at five percent for the initial dividend period.

For the second through tenth calendar quarters after the closing of the SBLF Program transaction, the dividend rate will fluctuate between one percent and five percent to reflect the amount of change in the Bank’s level of QSBL compared to the initial baseline. More specifically, if the Bank’s QSBL at the end of a quarter has increased as compared to the baseline, then the dividend rate payable on the SBLF Preferred Stock would change as follows:

 
Relative Increase in QSBL to Baseline   Dividend Rate
(for each of the 2nd – 10th Dividend Periods)
0% or less     5 % 
More than 0%, but less than 2.5%     5 % 
2.5% or more, but less than 5%     4 % 
5% or more, but less than 7.5%     3 % 
7.5% or more, but less than 10%     2 % 
10% or more     1 % 

From the eleventh through the eighteenth calendar quarters and that portion of the nineteenth calendar quarter which ends immediately prior to the date that is the four and one half years anniversary of the closing of the SBLF Program transaction, the dividend rate on the SBLF Preferred Stock will be fixed at between one percent and seven percent based on the level of QSBL at that time, as compared to the baseline in accordance with the chart below. If any SBLF Preferred Stock remains outstanding after four and one half years following the closing of the SBLF Program transaction, the dividend rate will increase to nine percent.

 
0% or less     7 % 
More than 0%, but less than 2.5%     5 % 
2.5% or more, but less than 5%     4 % 
5% or more, but less than 7.5%     3 % 
7.5% or more, but less than 10%     2 % 
10% or more     1 % 

The SBLF Preferred Stock is non-voting, except in limited circumstances that could impact the SBLF investment, such as (i) authorization of senior stock, (ii) charter amendments adversely affecting the SBLF Preferred Stock and (iii) extraordinary transactions such as mergers, asset sales, share exchanges and the like (unless the SBLF Preferred Stock remains outstanding and the rights and preferences thereof are not impaired by such transaction).

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In the event the Company misses five dividend payments, whether or not consecutive, the holder of the SBLF Preferred Stock will have the right, but not the obligation, to appoint a representative as an “observer” on the Company’s Board of Directors.

Further, the SBLF Preferred Stock may be redeemed by the Company at any time, at a redemption price of 100% of the liquidation amount plus accrued but unpaid dividends for the then current Dividend Period (as defined in the Certificate of Amendment) (plus, the CPP Lending Incentive Fees (as defined in the Certificate of Amendment), if applicable), subject to the approval of the Company’s federal banking regulator.

The SBLF Preferred Stock is not subject to any contractual restrictions on transfer and thus the Secretary may sell, transfer, exchange or enter into other transactions with respect to the SBLF Preferred Stock without the Company’s consent.

The Parent Corporation used the proceeds from the issuance of the SBLF Preferred to redeem from the Treasury all shares issued by the Parent Corporation pursuant to TARP, for a redemption price of $10,041,667, including accrued but unpaid dividends up to the date of redemption. As a result of the redemption of the TARP Preferred Stock, the Company is no longer subject to the limits on executive compensation and other restrictions stipulated under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. For an additional $245,000, the Parent Corporation also bought back the warrants issued under TARP

Proposed Legislation

From time to time proposals are made in the U.S. Congress and before various bank regulatory authorities, which would alter the policies of and place restrictions on different types of banking operations. It is impossible to predict the impact, if any, of potential legislative trends on the business of the Parent Corporation and the Bank.

Loans to Related Parties

The Corporation’s authority to extend credit to its directors and executive officers, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of the National Bank Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Bank. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Corporation’s capital. In addition, the Corporation’s Board of Directors must approve extensions of credit in excess of certain limits. Under the SOA, the Corporation and its subsidiaries, other than Union Center National Bank, may not extend or arrange for any personal loans to its directors and executive officers.

Dividend Restrictions

The Parent Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Virtually all of the revenue of the Parent Corporation available for payment of dividends on its capital stock will result from amounts paid to the Parent Corporation by the Bank. All such dividends are subject to various limitations imposed by federal laws and by regulations and policies adopted by federal regulatory agencies. As a national bank, the Bank may not pay a dividend if it would impair the capital of the Bank. Furthermore, prior approval by the Comptroller of the Currency is required if the total of dividends declared in a calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net profits for that year combined with the retained profits for the two preceding years.

On September 15, 2011, the Parent Corporation issued $11.25 million in nonvoting senior preferred stock to the Treasury under the SBLF Program. Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Parent Corporation issued to the Treasury a total of 11,250 shares of the Corporation’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. Simultaneously, using the proceeds from the issuance of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Parent Corporation redeemed from the Treasury, all 10,000 outstanding shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation amount $1,000 per share, for a redemption price of $10,041,667, including accrued but unpaid dividends up to the date of redemption.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock impose limits on the Parent Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on and repurchase shares of its common stock and other securities. More specifically, if the Parent Corporation fails to declare and pay dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock in a given quarter, then during such quarter and for the next three quarters following such missed dividend payment, the Parent Corporation may not pay dividends on, or repurchase, any common stock or any other securities that are junior to (or in parity with) the SBLF Preferred Stock, except in very limited circumstances.

Also under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Parent Corporation may declare and pay dividends on its common stock or any other stock junior to the SBLF Preferred Stock, or repurchase shares of any such stock, only if after payment of such dividends or repurchase of such shares, the Parent Corporation’s Tier 1 Capital would be at least equal to the so-called Tier 1 Dividend Threshold, excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and any redemption of the SBLF Preferred Stock.

If, in the opinion of the OCC, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), the OCC may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice or, as a result of an unrelated practice, require the bank to limit dividends in the future. The FRB has similar authority with respect to bank holding companies. In addition, the FRB and the OCC have issued policy statements which provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. Regulatory pressures to reclassify and charge off loans and to establish additional loan loss reserves can have the effect of reducing current operating earnings and thus impacting an institution’s ability to pay dividends. Further, as described herein, the regulatory authorities have established guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by a bank or bank holding company under their jurisdiction. Compliance with the standards set forth in these policy statements and guidelines could limit the amount of dividends which the Parent Corporation and the Bank may pay. Under FDICIA, banking institutions which are deemed to be “undercapitalized” will, in most instances, be prohibited from paying dividends.

Lending Guidelines; Real Estate Credit Management

Credit risks are an inherent part of the lending function. The Corporation has set in place specific policies and guidelines to limit credit risks. The following describes the Corporation’s credit management policy and identifies certain risk elements in its earning assets portfolio.

Credit Management

The maintenance of comprehensive and effective credit policies is a paramount objective of the Corporation. Credit procedures are enforced by the department heads of the different lending units and are maintained at the senior administrative level as well as through internal control procedures.

Prior to extending credit, the Corporation’s credit policy generally requires a review of the borrower’s credit history, repayment capacity, collateral and purpose of each loan. Requests for most commercial and consumer loans are to be accompanied by financial statements and other relevant financial data for evaluation. After the granting of a loan or lending commitment, this financial data is typically updated and evaluated by the credit staff on a periodic basis for the purpose of identifying potential problems. Construction financing requires a periodic submission by the borrowers of sales/leasing status reports regarding their projects, as well as, in most cases, inspections of the project sites by independent engineering firms and/or independent consultants. Advances are normally made only upon the satisfactory completion of periodic phases of construction.

Certain lending authorities are granted to loan officers based upon each officer’s position and experience. However, large dollar loans and lending lines are reported to and are subject to the approval of the Bank’s loan committees and/or board of directors. Either the Chairman of the Board or President chairs the loan committees.

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Corporation has established its own internal loan-to-value (“LTV”) limits for real estate loans. In general, except as described below, these internal limits are not permitted to exceed the following supervisory limits:

 
Loan Category   Loan-to-Value
Limit
Raw Land     65 % 
Land Development     75 % 
Commercial, Multifamily and Other Non-residential construction     80 % 
Construction: One to Four Family Residential     85 % 
Improved Property (excluding One to Four Family Residential)     85 % 
Owner-Occupied One to Four Family and Home Equity*     90 % 

* For a permanent mortgage or home equity loan on owner occupied one to four family residential property with a LTV that exceeds 90 percent at origination, private mortgage insurance or readily marketable collateral is to be obtained. “Readily marketable collateral” means insured deposits, financial instruments and bullion in which the Bank has a perfected interest. Financial instruments and bullion are to be salable under ordinary circumstances with reasonable promptness at a fair market value.

It may be appropriate in individual cases to originate loans with loan-to-value ratios in excess of the supervisory LTV limits, based on support provided by other credit factors. The President of the Bank must approve such non-conforming loans. The Bank must identify all non-conforming loans and their aggregate amount must be reported at least quarterly to the Directors’ Loan Committee. Non-conforming loans should not exceed 100% of capital, or 30% with respect to non one to four family residential loans. At present, management is unaware of any exceptions to supervisory LTV limits.

Collateral margin guidelines are based on cost, market or other appraised value to maintain a reasonable amount of collateral protection in relation to the inherent risk in the loan. This does not mitigate the fundamental analysis of cash flow from the conversion of assets in the normal course of business or from operations to repay the loan. It is merely designed to provide a cushion to minimize the risk of loss if the ultimate collection of the loan becomes dependent on the liquidation of security pledged.

The Corporation also seeks to minimize lending risk through loan diversification. The composition of the Corporation’s commercial loan portfolio reflects and is highly dependent upon the economy and industrial make-up of the region it serves. Effective loan diversification spreads risk to many different industries, thereby reducing the impact of downturns in any specific industry on overall loan profitability.

Credit quality is monitored through an internal review process, which includes a credit Risk Grading System that facilitates the early detection of problem loans. Under this grading system, all commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans are graded in accordance with the risk characteristics inherent in each loan. Problem loans include non-accrual loans, and loans which conform to the regulatory definitions of criticized and classified loans.

A Problem Asset Report is prepared monthly and is examined by the senior management of the Bank, the Corporation’s Loan and Discount Committee and the Board of Directors. This review is designed to enable management to take such actions as are considered necessary to identify and remedy problems on a timely basis.

The Bank’s internal loan review process is complemented by an independent loan review conducted throughout the year, under the mandate and approval of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. In addition, regularly scheduled audits performed by the Bank’s internal audit function are designed to ensure the integrity of the credit and risk monitoring systems currently in place.

Risk Elements

The risk elements identified by the Corporation include non-performing loans, loans past due ninety days or more as to interest or principal payments but not placed on a non-accrual status, potential problem loans, other real estate owned, net, and other non-performing interest-earning assets. Additional information regarding these risk elements is presented in Item 7 of this Annual Report.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves risks. Stockholders should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before making any purchase or sale decisions regarding our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results may be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock may decline, and stockholders may lose part or all of their investment in our common stock.

We are subject to stringent capital requirements which could require us to seek capital at times when capital may be expensive or unavailable to us.

We may at some point be required to raise additional capital to assure compliance with mandated capital ratios and to support our continued growth. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to comply with applicable capital requirements and to further expand our operations through internal growth or acquisitions could be materially impaired.

Negative developments in the financial services industry and U.S. and global credit markets in recent years may continue to adversely impact our operations and results.

The general economic downturn experienced since 2008 negatively impacted many financial institutions, including the Corporation. Loan portfolio performances deteriorated at many institutions resulting from, among other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans. The competition for our deposits increased significantly due to liquidity concerns at many of these same institutions. Stock prices of bank holding companies, like ours, were negatively affected by the condition of the financial markets, as was our ability, if needed, to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. While the United States Congress has taken actions to implement important safeguards, there remains a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and financial institution regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the issuance of many formal enforcement actions. Negative developments in the financial services industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments could negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry. In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

we potentially face increased regulation of our industry and compliance with such regulation may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities;
customer demand for loans secured by real estate could be reduced due to weaker economic conditions, an increase in unemployment, a decrease in real estate values or an increase in interest rates;
the process we use to estimate losses inherent in our credit exposure requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans;
the level of uncertainty concerning economic conditions may adversely affect the accuracy of our estimates which may, in turn, impact the reliability of the process;
the value of the portfolio of investment securities that we hold may be adversely affected; and
we may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums because market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, the possibility that certain European Union (“EU”) member states may default on their debt obligations have negatively impacted economic conditions and global markets. The continued uncertainty over the outcome of international and the EU’s financial support programs and the possibility that other EU member states may experience similar financial troubles could further disrupt global markets. The negative impact on economic conditions and global markets could also have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively impact our financial performance.

We are unable to predict actual fluctuations of market interest rates with complete accuracy. Rate fluctuations are affected by many factors, including:

inflation;
recession;
a rise in unemployment;
tightening money supply; and
domestic and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets, among other things.

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce profits. We expect that we will continue to realize income from the differential or “spread” between the interest we earn on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and the interest we pay on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, levels of prepayments and cash flows as well as the market value of our securities portfolio and overall profitability.

The downgrade of the U.S. credit rating could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity.

Standard & Poor’s lowered its long term sovereign credit rating on the United States of America from AAA to AA+ on August 5, 2011. A further downgrade or a downgrade by other rating agencies could have a material adverse impact on financial markets and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide. Any such adverse impact could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Many of our investment securities are issued by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government sponsored entities.

The Federal Reserve’s repeal of the prohibition against payment of interest on demand deposits may increase competition for such deposits and ultimately increase interest expense.

A major portion of our net income comes from our interest rate spread, which is the difference between the interest rates paid by us on amounts used to fund assets and the interest rates and fees we receive on our interest-earning assets. On July 14, 2011, the Federal Reserve issued final rules to repeal Regulation Q, which had prohibited the payment of interest on demand deposits by institutions that are member banks of the Federal Reserve System. As a result, banks and thrifts are now permitted to offer interest-bearing demand deposit accounts to commercial customers, which were previously forbidden under Regulation Q. The repeal of Regulation Q may cause increased competition from other financial institutions for these deposits and could result in an increase in our interest expense.

External factors, many of which we cannot control, may result in liquidity concerns for us.

Liquidity risk is the potential that the Bank may be unable to meet its obligations as they come due, capitalize on growth opportunities as they arise, or pay regular dividends because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding in a timely basis, at a reasonable cost and within acceptable risk tolerances.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity is required to fund various obligations, including credit commitments to borrowers, mortgage and other loan originations, withdrawals by depositors, repayment of borrowings, operating expenses, capital expenditures and dividend payments to shareholders.

Liquidity is derived primarily from deposit growth and retention; principal and interest payments on loans; principal and interest payments on investment securities; sale, maturity and prepayment of investment securities; net cash provided from operations, and access to other funding sources.

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to market factors or an adverse regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a severe disruption of the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole. Over the last several years, the financial services industry and the credit markets generally have been materially and adversely affected by significant declines in asset values and by a lack of liquidity. The liquidity issues have been particularly acute for regional and community banks, as many of the larger financial institutions have significantly curtailed their lending to regional and community banks to reduce their exposure to the risks of other banks. In addition, many of the larger correspondent lenders have reduced or even eliminated federal funds lines for their correspondent customers. Furthermore, regional and community banks generally have less access to the capital markets than do the national and super-regional banks because of their smaller size and limited analyst coverage. Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or fulfill obligations such as meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, results of operations and financial condition.

The extensive regulation and supervision to which we are subject impose substantial restrictions on our business.

Center Bancorp Inc., primarily through its principal subsidiary, Union Center National Bank, and certain non-bank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Such laws are not designed to protect our shareholders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. The Bank is also subject to a number of federal laws, which, among other things, require it to lend to various sectors of the economy and population, and establish and maintain comprehensive programs relating to anti-money laundering and customer identification. The United States Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Current levels of volatility in the capital markets are unprecedented and may adversely impact our operations and results.

The capital markets have been experiencing unprecedented volatility for several years. Such negative developments and disruptions have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. If the capital markets are volatile, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our business, financial condition and results of operations or our ability to access capital.

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We must effectively manage our credit risk.

There are risks inherent in making any loan, including risks inherent in dealing with particular borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions. We attempt to minimize our credit risk through prudent loan application approval procedures, careful monitoring of the concentration of our loans within specific industries, a centralized credit administration department and periodic independent reviews of outstanding loans by our loan review department. However, we cannot assure you that such approval and monitoring procedures will reduce these credit risks.

Our loan portfolio includes commercial real estate loans, which involve risks specific to real estate value.

Commercial real estate and construction loans were $447.4 million, or approximately 59.2% of our total loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2011. Many of these loans are extended to small and medium-sized businesses. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located. Although many such loans are secured by real estate as a secondary form of collateral, continued adverse developments affecting real estate values in our market area could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio. Economic events or governmental regulations outside of the control of the borrower or lender could negatively impact the future cash flow and market values of the affected properties. If the loans that are collateralized by real estate become troubled and the value of the real estate has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time of originating the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We may incur impairments to goodwill.

We review our goodwill at least annually. Significant negative industry or economic trends, reduced estimates of future cash flows or disruptions to our business, could indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and to rely on projections of future operating performance. We operate in a competitive environment and projections of future operating results and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. Additionally, if our analysis results in an impairment to our goodwill, we would be required to record a non-cash charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which such impairment is determined to exist. Any such change could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our stock price.

Union Center National Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations, which, to the extent that our holding company requires such dividends in the future, may affect our holding company’s ability to honor its obligations and pay dividends.

As a bank holding company, Center Bancorp, Inc. is a separate legal entity from Union Center National Bank and its subsidiaries and does not have significant operations. We currently depend on Union Center National Bank’s cash and liquidity to pay our operating expenses and to fund dividends to shareholders. We cannot assure you that in the future Union Center National Bank will have the capacity to pay the necessary dividends and that we will not require dividends from Union Center National Bank to satisfy our obligations. Various statutes and regulations limit the availability of dividends from Union Center National Bank. It is possible, depending upon our and Union Center National Bank’s financial condition and other factors, that bank regulators could assert that payment of dividends or other payments by Union Center National Bank are an unsafe or unsound practice. In the event that Union Center National Bank is unable to pay dividends, we may not be able to service our obligations, as they become due, or pay dividends on our capital stock. Consequently, the inability to receive dividends from Union Center National Bank could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Union Center National Bank’s allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

Like all financial institutions, Union Center National Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for loan defaults and non-performance. If Union Center National Bank’s allowance for loan losses is not adequate to cover actual loan losses, future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Union Center National Bank’s allowance for loan losses is determined by analyzing historical loan losses, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, plans for problem loan resolution, the opinions of its regulators, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio and industry information.

Union Center National Bank also considers the impact of economic events, the outcome of which is uncertain. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates that may be beyond our control and these losses may exceed current estimates. Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review Union Center National Bank’s loans and allowance for loan losses. While we believe that Union Center National Bank’s allowance for loan losses in relation to its current loan portfolio is adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that Union Center National Bank will not need to increase its allowance for loan losses or that regulators will not require it to increase this allowance. Either of these occurrences could materially and adversely affect our earnings and profitability.

Union Center National Bank is subject to various lending and other economic risks that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in economic conditions, particularly a significant worsening of the current economic environment, could hurt Union Center National Bank’s business. Union Center National Bank’s business is directly affected by political and market conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies, all of which are beyond our control. Deterioration in economic conditions, particularly within New Jersey, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially:

loan delinquencies may increase;
problem assets and foreclosures may increase;
demand for our products and services may decline; and
collateral for loans made by Union Center National Bank may decline in value, in turn reducing Union Center National Bank’s clients’ borrowing power, among other things.

Further deterioration in the real estate market, particularly in New Jersey, could hurt our business. As real estate values in New Jersey decline, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate is reduced, which increases the possibility that we may suffer losses on defaulted loans.

Union Center National Bank may suffer losses in its loan portfolio despite its underwriting practices.

Union Center National Bank seeks to mitigate the risks inherent in its loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices. Although we believe that Union Center National Bank’s underwriting criteria are appropriate for the various kinds of loans that it makes, Union Center National Bank may incur losses on loans that meet its underwriting criteria, and these losses may exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in its allowance for loan losses.

Union Center National Bank faces strong competition from other financial institutions, financial service companies and other organizations offering services similar to the services that Union Center National Bank provides.

Many competitors offer the same types of loans and banking services that Union Center National Bank offers or similar types of such services. These competitors include other national banks, savings associations, regional banks and other community banks. Union Center National Bank also faces competition from many other types of financial institutions, including finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In this regard, Union Center National Bank’s competitors include other state and national banks and major financial companies whose greater resources may

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations, offer a broader suite of services and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Our inability to compete effectively may adversely affect our business.

If we pursue acquisitions, we may heighten the risks to our operations and financial condition.

To the extent that we undertake acquisitions (such as our pending agreement to acquire assets and assume liabilities of Saddle River Valley Bank) or new branch openings, we may experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations, which may have a material adverse effect on our levels of reported net income, return on average equity and return on average assets. Other effects of engaging in such growth strategies may include potential diversion of our management’s time and attention and general disruption to our business. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions and branch openings, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately and profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks and businesses involve similar risks to those commonly associated with branching, but may also involve additional risks, including:

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire;
exposure to potential asset quality issues of the acquired bank or related business;
difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel of banks and businesses we acquire; and
the possible loss of key employees and customers of the banks and businesses we acquire

Attractive acquisition opportunities may not be available to us in the future.

We expect that other banking and financial service companies, many of which have significantly greater resources than us, will compete with us in acquiring other financial institutions if we pursue such acquisitions. This competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. Also, acquisitions are subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals, we will not be able to consummate an acquisition that we believe is in our best interests. Among other things, our regulators will consider our capital, liquidity, profitability, regulatory compliance and levels of goodwill when considering acquisition and expansion proposals. Any acquisition could be dilutive to our earnings and shareholders’ equity per share of our common stock.

Further increases in FDIC premiums could have a material adverse effect on our future earnings.

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions, including Union Center National Bank. The FDIC charges the insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the Deposit Insurance Fund at an adequate level. In periods of economic difficulties, the FDIC may increase its assessment rates and impose special assessments. The FDIC may further increase these rates and impose additional special assessments in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on future earnings.

Declines in value may adversely impact our investment portfolio.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $414.5 million in available for sale investment securities. We may be required to record impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information or investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough, it could affect the ability of Union Center National Bank to upstream dividends to the Parent Corporation, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders and could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Concern of customers over deposit insurance may cause a decrease in deposits.

With recent increased concerns about bank failures, customers increasingly are concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC. Customers may withdraw deposits in an effort to ensure that the amount they have on deposit with their bank is fully insured. Decreases in deposits may adversely affect our funding costs and net income.

We have a continuing need for technological change and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology.

The financial services industry is constantly undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs, in addition to providing better service to customers. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we grow. We cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers.

System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. A failure of the security measures we use could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act and future regulatory reforms required by such legislation could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act will have a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most are and will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act:

eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense;
broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments; assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution;
permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2013;
directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives;
creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continued to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators; and
weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws, among other things.

While it is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act, newly written implementing rules and regulations and yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on us, we expect that at a minimum our operating and compliance costs will increase, and our interest expense could increase.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The Bank’s operations are located at ten sites in Union County, New Jersey, consisting of six sites in Union Township, one in Springfield Township, one in Berkeley Heights, one in Vauxhall and one in Summit, New Jersey. The Bank also has three branch offices in Morris County, New Jersey, consisting of one site in Madison, one site in Boonton/Mountain Lakes, and one site in Morristown, New Jersey. The principal office is located at 2455 Morris Avenue, Union, New Jersey. The principal office is a two story building constructed in 1993. On October 9, 2004, the Bank opened a 19,555 square foot office facility on Springfield Road in Union, New Jersey, which served as the Bank’s Operations and Data Center until January 12, 2010 when the Bank entered into a sales purchase agreement for this facility.

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Bank’s leased locations.

 
Branch Location   Term
356 Chestnut Street,
Union, New Jersey
  Term expires in 2028 with renewal options
Career Center Branch
located in Union High School,
Union, New Jersey
  Term expired in October 2008, currently on month to month lease
300 Main Street,
Madison, New Jersey
  Term expires June 6, 2015 and is subject to renewal at the Bank’s option
2933 Vauxhall Road,
Vauxhall, New Jersey
  Term expires January 31, 2013 and is subject to renewal at the Bank’s option
545 Morris Avenue,
Summit, New Jersey
  Term expires February 1, 2024, subject to renewal at the Bank’s option
Ely Place, Boonton, New Jersey   Term expires August 29, 2021, and is subject to renewal at the Bank’s option

Upon consummation of our Saddle River Valley Bank acquisition, the Bank will assume leases pursuant to which the Bank will lease two branch locations in Bergen County, New Jersey.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Bank operates a Drive In/Walk Up located at 2022 Stowe Street, Union, New Jersey, adjacent to a part of the Center Office facility. The Bank also operates an Auto banking Center located at Bonnel Court, Union, New Jersey. The Bank has three off-site ATM locations. Two are located at the Chatham and Madison New Jersey Transit stations and one is located at the Boys and Girls Club of Union, 1050 Jeanette Avenue, Union, New Jersey.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation entered into a lease of its former operations facility under a direct financing lease. The lease has a 15 year term with no renewal options. According to the terms of the lease, the lessee has an obligation to purchase the property underlying the lease in either year seven, ten or fifteen at predetermined prices for those years as provided in the lease. The structure of the minimum lease payments and the purchase prices as provided in the lease provide an inducement to the lessee to purchase the property in year seven.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In December 2009, the Corporation took steps to terminate a participation agreement with another New Jersey bank at December 31, 2009. Under the terms of the agreement, the participation ended on December 31, 2009, and, in the Corporation’s view, the lead bank is required to repurchase the remaining balance. The lead bank questioned our enforcement of the participation agreement. Therefore, Union Center instituted a suit against Highlands State Bank (“Highlands”) in the Superior Court of New Jersey. Various causes of action are pleaded in this litigation by both parties, including claims for recovery of damages. The primary claim prosecuted by the Bank seeks a judicial determination that the participation agreement executed with Highlands was properly terminated in accordance with its terms on December 31, 2009 and that Highlands is obligated to return the unpaid balance of the loan funds advanced by the Bank during its participation in the loan. The primary claim presented by Highlands is that the Bank’s participation in the loan must continue until it is ultimately retired, which will probably result in a substantial loss that it is claimed must be shared by the Bank.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Corporation entered into a Settlement Agreement with Highlands State Bank. The Settlement Agreement called for Highlands State Bank, as the lead bank in this participation loan, to repurchase the Corporation’s participating interest in the underlying loan. Both banks executed a stipulation dismissing the lawsuit as well as general releases to each other regarding this matter. The Corporation incurred a $287,000 charge to operating expense during the fourth quarter of 2011 as a result.

There are no other significant pending legal proceedings involving the Corporation other than those arising out of routine operations. Management does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of such other proceedings will have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Corporation on a consolidated basis. Such statement constitutes a forward-looking statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from this statement as a result of various factors, including the uncertainties arising in proving facts within the judicial process.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 3A. Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth the name and age of each executive officer of the Parent Corporation, the period during which each such person has served as an officer of the Parent Corporation or the Bank and each such person’s business experience (including all positions with the Parent Corporation and the Bank) for the past five years:

   
Name and Age   Officer Since   Business Experience
Anthony C. Weagley
Age – 50
  1996 the Parent
Corporation
1985 the Bank
  President and Chief Executive Officer of the Parent Corporation (April 2008 – Present); President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Corporation (August 2007 – March 2008); President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (March 2008 – Present); President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank (August 2007 – February 2008); Vice President & Treasurer of the Parent Corporation (1996 –  August 2007); Senior Vice President & Cashier of the Bank (1996 – August 2007); Vice President & Cashier of the Bank (1991 – 1996)
Mark S. Cardone
Age – 49
  2001 the Parent
Corporation
2001 the Bank
  Vice President of the Parent Corporation and Senior Vice President & Branch Administrator of the Bank (2001 – Present)
Joseph D. Gangemi
Age – 31
  2008 the Parent
Corporation
2004 the Bank
  Vice President and Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Parent and the Bank (December 31, 2010 – Present): Executive Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer, Investor Relations Officer and Corporate Secretary of the Parent Corporation and the Bank (June 2008 –  Present); Executive Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer and Investor Relations Officer of the Bank (January 2008 – June 2008); Executive Assistant to the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank (August 2007 – January 2008); Executive Assistant to the Chief Financial Officer of the Bank (August 2005 – August 2007)
John J. Lukens
Age – 64
  2009 the Parent
Corporation
2004 the Bank
  Vice President and Senior Credit Administrator of the Parent Corporation and Senior Vice President and Senior Credit Administrator of the Bank (December 2009 –  Present); Vice President of the Bank (September 2004 –  December 2009)
James W. Sorge
Age – 59
  2010 the Parent
Corporation
2010 the Bank
  Vice President and Compliance Officer of the Parent Corporation and Senior Vice President and Compliance Officer of the Bank (March 2010 – Present); Vice President and Director, PNC Global Investment Servicing (May 2008 – March 2010); Vice President, BSA/AML/OFAC Officer, Yardville National Bank (June 2005 – April 2008)

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Name and Age   Officer Since   Business Experience
George J. Theiller
Age – 61
  2009 the Parent
Corporation
2005 the Bank
  Vice President and Senior Auditor of the Parent Corporation and Senior Vice President and Senior Auditor of the Bank (December 2009 – Present); Vice President and Senior Auditor of the Bank (April 2005 – December 2009)
Vincent N. Tozzi
Age – 61
  2011 the Parent
Corporation
2011 the Bank
  Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Corporation (March 2011 – Present); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank (February 2011 – Present); Consultant to the Bank’s Financial Division (December 2010 – February 2011); Partner and Chief Financial Officer, Aztec Environmental Energy Management (January 2008 –  Present); Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Bank of Princeton (October 2006 –  January 2008).
Arthur M. Wein
Age – 61
  2009 the Parent
Corporation
2009 the Bank
  Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Parent Corporation and Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank (October 2009 – Present); Vice President and Business Development Officer of the Summit Region of the Bank (April 2009 –  October 2009); President and Chief Executive Officer of UTZ Technologies, Inc. (manufacturer of thick film hybrid screens) (December 2003 – March 2009)

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Security Market Information

The common stock of the Parent Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The Corporation’s symbol is CNBC. As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation had 563 stockholders of record. This does not include beneficial owners for whom CEDE & Company or others act as nominees. On December 31, 2011, the closing low market bid and asked price were $9.74 and $9.77, respectively.

The following table sets forth the high and low bid price, and the dividends declared, on a share of the Corporation’s common stock for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. All amounts are adjusted for prior stock splits and stock dividends.

           
  Common Stock Price
     2011   2010   Common Dividends Declared    
     High Bid   Low Bid   High Bid   Low Bid   2011   2010
Fourth Quarter   $ 9.96     $ 8.90     $ 8.11     $ 7.30     $ 0.03     $ 0.03  
Third Quarter     10.90       8.51       7.67       7.05       0.03       0.03  
Second Quarter     10.44       9.49       9.07       6.94       0.03       0.03  
First Quarter     9.53       7.79       9.09       8.31       0.03       0.03  
Total                                       $ 0.12     $ 0.12  

Share Repurchase Program

Historically, repurchases have been made from time to time as, in the opinion of management, market conditions warranted, in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Shares repurchased were used for stock dividends and other issuances. No repurchases were made during 2011 and 2010.

On January 9, 2009, as part of the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), the Parent Corporation entered into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which (i) the Parent Corporation issued and sold, and the U.S. Treasury purchased, 10,000 shares (the “Preferred Shares”) of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $10 million in cash, and (ii) the Parent Corporation issued to the U.S. Treasury a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase up to 173,410 shares of the Parent Corporation’s common stock at an exercise price of $8.65 per share. As a result of the successful completion of a rights offering in October 2009, the number of shares underlying the warrant held by the U.S. Treasury was reduced to 86,705 shares or 50 percent of the original 173,410 shares. On September 15, 2011, the Corporation issued $11.25 million in nonvoting senior preferred stock to the Treasury under the Small Business Lending Fund Program. Simultaneously, the Corporation redeemed from the Treasury, all 10,000 outstanding shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation amount $1,000 per share, for a redemption price of $10,041,667, including accrued but unpaid dividends up to the date of redemption. On December 7, 2011, the Corporation repurchased the warrants issued on January 12, 2009 to the U.S. Treasury as part of its participation in the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program. The Corporation received $10.0 million under the program and, using funds received under the U.S. Government’s Small Business Lending Fund program, repaid the debt in full in September of this year. In the repurchase, the Corporation paid the U.S. Treasury $245,000 for the warrants.

Dividends

Federal laws and regulations contain restrictions on the ability of the Parent Corporation and Union Center National Bank to pay dividends. For information regarding restrictions on dividends, see Part I, Item 1, “Business — Dividend Limitations” and Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data —  Dividend and Other Restrictions, Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” Under the terms of the trust preferred securities issued by Center Bancorp, Inc. Statutory Trust II, the Parent Corporation

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

can not pay dividends on its common stock if the Corporation defers payments on the junior subordinated debentures which provide the cash flow for the payments on the trust preferred securities. If the Parent Corporation fails to declare and pay dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock in a given quarter, then during such quarter and for the next three quarters followings such missed dividend payment, the Parent Corporation may not pay dividends on, or repurchase, any common stock or any other securities that are Junior to (or in parity with) the SBLF Preferred Stock, except in very limited circumstances. Also under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Parent Corporation may declare and pay dividends on its common stock or any other stock junior to the SBLF Preferred Stock, or repurchase shares of any such stock, only if after payment of such dividends or repurchase of such shares, the Parent Corporation’s Tier 1 Capital would be at least equal to the Tier 1 Dividend Threshold, excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and any redemption of the SBLF Preferred Stock.

During 2011, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) determined that the Memorandum of Understanding (the “MOU”) that had previously been entered into by the Bank was no longer required and, accordingly, the OCC terminated the MOU.

Stockholders Return Comparison

Set forth below is a line graph presentation comparing the cumulative stockholder return on the Parent Corporation’s common stock, on a dividend reinvested basis, against the cumulative total returns of the Standard & Poor’s Composite and the SNL Mid-Atlantic Bank Index for the period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2011.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

COMPARE 5-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG CENTER BANCORP INC.,
S&P COMPOSITE AND SNL MID-ATLANTIC BANK INDEX

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Assumes $100 invested on January 1, 2007
Assumes dividends reinvested
Year ended December 31, 2011

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN OF ONE OR MORE
COMPANIES, PEER GROUPS, INDUSTRY INDEXES AND/OR BROAD MARKETS

           
  Fiscal Year Ending
Company/Index/Market   12/31/2006   12/31/2007   12/31/2008   12/31/2009   12/31/2010   12/31/2011
Center Bancorp, Inc.     100.00       75.27       57.79       65.02       60.29       73.18  
S&P Composite     100.00       105.47       66.74       90.14       106.05       96.81  
SNL Mid-Atlantic Bank Index     100.00       75.62       41.66       43.85       51.16       38.43  

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods presented. The selected consolidated statement of financial condition data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the selected consolidated summary of income data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that we have included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected consolidated statement of financial condition data as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the selected consolidated summary of income data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not presented in this Annual Report.

The selected historical consolidated financial data as of any date and for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved as of any future date or for any future period. You should read the following selected statistical and financial data in conjunction with the more detailed information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes that we have presented elsewhere in this Annual Report.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY OF SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL DATA

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Data)
Summary of Income
                                            
Interest income   $ 51,927     $ 48,714     $ 51,110     $ 49,894     $ 52,129  
Interest expense     12,177       14,785       22,645       24,095       30,630  
Net interest income     39,750       33,929       28,465       25,799       21,499  
Provision for loan losses     2,448       5,076       4,597       1,561       350  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     37,302       28,853       23,868       24,238       21,149  
Other income     7,478       2,472       3,906       2,644       4,372  
Other expense     23,443       24,099       23,057       19,473       24,598  
Income before income tax expense (benefit)     21,337       7,226       4,717       7,409       923  
Income tax expense (benefit)     7,411       222       946       1,567       (2,933 ) 
Net income   $ 13,926     $ 7,004     $ 3,771     $ 5,842     $ 3,856  
Net income available to common stockholders   $ 13,106     $ 6,423     $ 3,204     $ 5,842     $ 3,856  
Statement of Financial Condition Data
                                            
Investments available for sale   $ 414,507     $ 378,080     $ 298,124     $ 242,714     $ 314,194  
Investments held to maturity     72,233                          
Total loans     756,010       708,444       719,606       676,203       551,669  
Allowance for loan losses     9,602       8,867       8,711       6,254       5,163  
Goodwill and other intangible assets     16,902       16,959       17,028       17,110       17,204  
Total assets     1,432,738       1,207,385       1,195,488       1,023,293       1,017,645  
Deposits     1,121,415       860,332       813,705       659,537       699,070  
Borrowings     161,000       212,855       269,253       268,440       218,109  
Stockholders’ equity     135,916       120,957       101,749       81,713       85,278  
Dividends
                                            
Cash dividends on Common Stock   $ 1,955     $ 1,852     $ 2,434     $ 4,675     $ 4,885  
Dividend payout ratio     14.92 %      28.83 %      75.97 %      80.02 %      126.69 % 
Cash Dividends Per Share(1)
                                            
Cash dividends   $ 0.12     $ 0.12     $ 0.18     $ 0.36     $ 0.36  
Earnings Per Share(1)
                                            
Basic   $ 0.80     $ 0.43     $ 0.24     $ 0.45     $ 0.28  
Diluted   $ 0.80     $ 0.43     $ 0.24     $ 0.45     $ 0.28  
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding(1)
                                            
Basic     16,295,761       15,025,870       13,382,614       13,048,518       13,780,504  
Diluted     16,314,899       15,027,159       13,385,416       13,061,410       13,840,756  
Operating Ratios
                                            
Return on average assets     1.05 %      0.59 %      0.31 %      0.58 %      0.38 % 
Average stockholders’ equity to average assets     9.83 %      9.38 %      7.66 %      8.28 %      9.33 % 
Return on average stockholders’ equity     10.73 %      6.30 %      4.02 %      7.03 %      4.09 % 
Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity(2)     12.33 %      7.44 %      4.91 %      8.86 %      5.00 % 
Book Value
                                            
Book value per common share(1)   $ 7.63     $ 6.83     $ 6.32     $ 6.29     $ 6.48  
Tangible book value per common share(1)(2)   $ 6.60     $ 5.79     $ 5.15     $ 4.97     $ 5.17  
Non-Financial Information
                                            
Common stockholders of record     563       592       605       640       679  
Full-time equivalent staff     163       159       160       160       172  

Notes to Selected Financial Data

(1) All common share and per common share amounts have been adjusted for prior stock splits and stock dividends.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Tangible book value per common share, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, is computed by dividing stockholders’ equity less preferred stock, goodwill and other intangible assets by common shares outstanding. The following table provides certain related reconciliations between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”)measures (stockholders’ equity and book value per common share) and the related non-GAAP financial measures (tangible stockholders’ equity and tangible book value per common share):

         
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Data)
Common shares outstanding     16,332,327       16,289,832       14,572,029       12,991,312       13,155,784  
Stockholders’ equity   $ 135,916     $ 120,957     $ 101,749     $ 81,713     $ 85,278  
Less: Preferred Stock     11,250       9,700       9,619              
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets     16,902       16,959       17,028       17,110       17,204  
Tangible Stockholders’ Equity   $ 107,764     $ 94,298     $ 75,102     $ 64,603     $ 68,074  
Book value per common share   $ 7.63     $ 6.83     $ 6.32     $ 6.29     $ 6.48  
Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets     1.03       1.04       1.17       1.32       1.31  
Tangible Book Value per Common Share   $ 6.60     $ 5.79     $ 5.15     $ 4.97     $ 5.17  

All per common share amounts reflect all prior stock splits and dividends.

Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, is computed by dividing net income by average stockholders’ equity less average goodwill and average other intangible assets. The following table reflects a reconciliation between average stockholders’ equity and average tangible stockholders’ equity and a reconciliation between return on stockholders’ equity and return on average tangible stockholders’ equity.

         
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Net income   $ 13,926     $ 7,004     $ 3,771     $ 5,842     $ 3,856  
Average stockholders’ equity   $ 129,838     $ 111,136     $ 93,850     $ 83,123     $ 94,345  
Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets     16,930       16,993       17,069       17,158       17,259  
Average Tangible Stockholders’ Equity   $ 112,908     $ 94,143     $ 76,781     $ 65,965     $ 77,086  
Return on average stockholders’ equity     10.73 %      6.30 %      4.02 %      7.03 %      4.09 % 
Add: Average goodwill and other intangible assets     1.61       1.14       .89       1.83       0.91  
Return on Average Tangible Stockholders’ Equity     12.33 %      7.44 %      4.91 %      8.86 %      5.00 % 

The Corporation believes that in comparing financial institutions, investors desire to analyze tangible stockholders’ equity rather than stockholders’ equity, as they discount the significance of goodwill and other intangible assets.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The purpose of this analysis is to provide the reader with information relevant to understanding and assessing the Corporation’s results of operations for each of the past three years and financial condition for each of the past two years. In order to fully appreciate this analysis, the reader is encouraged to review the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto appearing under Item 8 of this report, and statistical data presented in this document.

Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements

See Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding forward-looking statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The accounting and reporting policies followed by the Corporation conform, in all material respects, to U.S. GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management has made estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated statements of condition and results of operations for the periods indicated. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

The Corporation’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding this MD&A. The most significant accounting policies followed by the Corporation are presented in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The Corporation has identified its policies on the allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment of securities, income tax liabilities and goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets to be critical because management must make subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available. Additional information on these policies can be found in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Related Provision

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

The evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses includes, among other factors, an analysis of historical loss rates by loan category applied to current loan totals. However, actual loan losses may be higher or lower than historical trends, which vary. Actual losses on specified problem loans, which also are provided for in the evaluation, may vary from estimated loss percentages, which are established based upon a limited number of potential loss classifications.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Management believes that the current allowance for loan losses will be adequate to absorb loan losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible based on the evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and size of the portfolio, overall portfolio quality, and specific problem loans and current economic conditions which may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay. The evaluation also details historical losses by loan category and the resulting loan loss rates which are projected for current loan total amounts. Loss estimates for specified problem loans are also detailed. All of the factors considered in the analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses may be subject to change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses may be required that could materially adversely impact earnings in future periods. Additional information can be found in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Securities

Securities are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when market conditions warrant such an evaluation, to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. FASB ASC 320-10-65, clarifies the interaction of the factors that should be considered when determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired. For debt securities, management must assess whether (a) it has the intent to sell the security and (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. These steps are done before assessing whether the entity will recover the cost basis of the investment. Previously, this assessment required management to assert it has both the intent and the ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery in fair value to avoid recognizing an other-than-temporary impairment. This change does not affect the need to forecast recovery of the value of the security through either cash flows or market price.

In instances when a determination is made that an other-than-temporary impairment exists but the investor does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security prior to its anticipated recovery, FASB ASC 320-10-65 changes the presentation and amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in the income statement. The other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized through earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. Impairment charges on certain investment securities of approximately $342,000 were recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2011. Of this amount, $18,000 related to a variable rate private label collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) and $324,000 related to principal losses on a variable rate private label CMO. The Corporation’s approach to determining whether or not other-than-temporary impairment exists for any of these investments was consistent with the accounting guidance in effect at that time. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation primarily relied upon the guidance in FASB ASC 320-10-65, FASB ASC 820-10-65 and FASB ASC 310-10-35. Additional information can be found in Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment charges on certain investment securities of approximately $5.6 million were recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010. Of this amount, $1.8 million related to charges taken on two pooled trust preferred securities owned by the Corporation, $360,000 on a variable rate private label collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”), $398,000 in principal losses on a variable rate private label CMO and $3.0 million on a trust preferred security. The Corporation’s approach to determining whether or not other-than-temporary impairment exists for any of these investments was consistent with the accounting guidance in effect at that time. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation primarily relied upon the guidance in FASB ASC 320-10-65, FASB ASC 820-10-65 and FASB ASC 325-10-35.

Income Taxes

The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity’s financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements or tax returns.

Fluctuations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could impact the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Notes 1 (under the caption “Use of Estimates”) and 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements include additional discussion on the accounting for income taxes.

Goodwill

The Corporation adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 350-10-05, which requires that goodwill be reported separate from other intangible assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and not be amortized but tested for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise for impairment. No impairment charge was deemed necessary for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fair Value of Investment Securities

In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB ASC 820-10-35, to clarify the application of the provisions of FASB ASC 820-10-05 in an inactive market and how an entity would determine fair value in an inactive market. Changes in the Corporation’s methodology occurred for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 as new accounting guidance was released in April of 2009 with mandatory adoption required in the second quarter. The Corporation relied upon the guidance in FASB ASC 820-10-65 when determining fair value for the Corporation’s pooled trust preferred securities and private issue corporate bond. See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments, for further discussion.

Introduction

The following introduction to Management’s Discussion and Analysis highlights the principal factors that contributed to the Corporation’s earnings performance in 2011.

The year 2011 was a challenging one for the banking industry and for the Corporation. The current global financial crisis and difficult economic climate has created challenges to financial institutions both domestically and abroad. Interest rates in 2011 and 2010 were reflective of significantly lower short-term interest rates in an effort to stimulate the economy. Competition for deposits in the Corporation’s marketplace remained intense while customers’ preference in seeking safety through full FDIC insured products and more liquidity became paramount in light of the financial crisis. Market conditions remained volatile during 2011 and 2010, related to global instability in the markets following the sub-prime crises. While we continue to see an improvement in balance sheet strength and core earnings performance, we are still concerned with the credit stability of the broader markets. As a result, the Federal Reserve kept overnight borrowing rates at zero to 25 basis points throughout the course of 2011. Short-term interest rates remained lower than longer term rates resulting in an improved steepening of the yield curve. This resulted in an expansion of the Corporation’s net interest income, which is the Corporation’s primary source of income. The Corporation also took action throughout the year to reduce further exposure to interest rates through a reduction in higher cost funding and non-core balances in the deposit mix and improvement in the earning asset mix. The Corporation’s continued progress in growing and improving its balance sheet earning asset mix has helped to expand its spread and margin. We intend to continue to use a portion of the proceeds of maturing investments to help fund new loan growth.

The Corporation’s net income in 2011 was $13.9 million or $0.80 per fully diluted common share, compared with net income of $7.0 million or $0.43 per fully diluted common share in 2010. A substantial portion of our earnings in 2011 and 2010 was from core operations.

Earnings for 2011 were positively impacted by net interest income and spread expansion through both balance sheet improvements and a lower cost of funds as compared to 2010 and reductions in loan loss provisions, marketing expenses, FDIC insurance, computer and occupancy expenses. These improvements were somewhat offset by higher salaries and employee benefits, professional and consulting fees expenses. Other expense for the twelve-months ended December 31, 2011 totaled $23.4 million, a decrease of $656,000, or 2.7 percent, from the twelve-months ended December 31, 2010 due principally to the items mentioned above.

The Corporation previously announced a strategic outsourcing agreement with Fiserv to provide core account processing services, which is consistent with the Corporation’s other strategic initiatives to streamline operations, reduce operating overhead and allow the Corporation to focus on core competencies of customer service and product development. This coupled with previously initiated cost reduction plans are intended to improve operating efficiencies, business and technical operations. The core processing transition was consummated during 2009. Additionally, the consolidation of the Corporation’s branch office on 392 Springfield Avenue in Summit, New Jersey during 2009 into its new office on 545 Morris Avenue in Summit, New Jersey resulted in improved efficiency and increased customer service.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, total salaries and benefits increased by $762,000 or 7.1 percent to $11.5 million primarily attributable to additions to office staff and merit increases for existing staff of approximately $515,000 and increased medical insurance expense of $40,000.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total non-interest income increased as a percentage of total revenue, which is the sum of interest income and non-interest income, in 2011 largely due to $3.6 million in net securities gains as compared to $1.3 million in net securities losses in 2010 as gains from sales of $4.0 million in 2011 were offset by impairment losses of $411,000. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, total other income increased $5.0 million as compared with the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, from $2.5 million to $7.5 million. Excluding net securities gains and losses in the respective periods, the Corporation recorded total other income of $3.8 million in both the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. Increases of $313,000 in other income were partially offset by decreases in service charges of $79,000 and bank-owned life insurance income of $188,000 caused by a one time premium benefit awarded in 2010 and not repeated in 2011.

Total assets at December 31, 2011 were $1.433 billion, an increase of 18.7 percent from assets of $1.207 billion at December 31, 2010. The increase in assets reflects the growth of $108.7 million in our investment securities portfolio as the Corporation sought to deploy cash from increased deposit production into a more efficient earning asset mix. The growth in the investment securities portfolio was funded primarily through deposit growth of $261.1 million, which also resulted in increases in cash and due from banks of $73.6 million and loans net of the allowance for loan losses of $46.8 million. The Corporation has made a concerted effort to reduce non-core balances and, as mentioned in the preceding sentence, its uninvested cash position was increased by $73.6 million in 2011. Additionally, there has been a concerted effort to reduce higher costing retail deposits.

Loan demand improved in 2011. Overall, the portfolio increased year over year by approximately $46.8 million or 6.7 percent from 2010. Demand for commercial real estate loans prevailed throughout the year in the Corporation’s market in New Jersey, despite the economic climate at both the state and national levels and market turmoil following the crisis in the sub-prime markets. The Corporation is encouraged by loan demand and positive momentum is expected to continue in growing that segment of earning assets in 2012. However, the Corporation continues to remain concerned with the credit stability of the broader markets due to the weakened economic climate.

Asset quality continues to remain high and credit culture conservative. Even so, the stability of the economy and credit markets remains uncertain and as such, has had an impact on certain credits within our portfolio. The Corporation continued to make provisions to the allowance for loan losses as efforts are made to stabilize credit quality issues. At December 31, 2011, non-performing assets totaled $8.5 million or 0.59 percent of total assets, and $11.9 million or 0.98 percent at December 31, 2010. The decrease in non-performing assets from December 31, 2010 was achieved notwithstanding the addition of several new residential loans (totaling approximately $2.6 million) and commercial loans (totaling approximately $1.4 million) into non-performing status. This was more than offset by decreases from pay-downs of $5.0 million, total charge-offs of $0.7 million of existing loans, and the transfer to performing troubled debt restructured from non-accrual status of $1.7 million.

At December 31, 2011, the total allowance for loan losses amounted to approximately $9.6 million, or 1.27 percent of total loans. The allowance for loan losses as a percent of total non-performing loans amounted to 121.5 percent at December 31, 2011 and 74.6 percent at December 31, 2010. This increase in the ratio from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 was due to the decrease in the level of non-performing assets, along with an increase in the allowance for loan loss from $8.9 million at December 31, 2010.

Deposits totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2011, increasing $261.1 million, or 30.3%, since December 31, 2010. Total Demand, Savings, Money Market, and certificates of deposit less than $100,000 increased $242.7 million or 32.8% from December 31, 2010. Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased by $18.3 million or 15.3% from December 31, 2010. These increases were attributable to continued core deposit growth in overall segments of the deposit base and in niche areas, such as municipal government, private schools and universities.

Certificates of deposit $100,000 and greater decreased to 12.3 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2011 from 13.9 percent one year earlier. Some of the Corporation’s depositors have become sensitive to obtaining full FDIC insurance for their time deposits. To accommodate its customers, the Corporation began offering Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) in 2008.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total stockholders’ equity increased 12.4 percent in 2011 to $135.9 million, and represented 9.49 percent of total assets at year-end. Book value per common share (total common stockholders’ equity divided by the number of shares outstanding) increased to $7.63 as compared with $6.83 a year ago, primarily as a result of earnings of $13.9 million in 2011. Tangible book value per common share (which excludes goodwill and other intangibles from common stockholders’ equity) increased to $6.60 from $5.79 a year ago; see Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of tangible book value (which is a non-GAAP financial measure) to book value. Return on average stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 10.72 percent compared to 6.30 percent for 2010. This increase was attributable to higher earnings in 2011 compared with 2010 partially offset by higher average equity due primarily to both the capital raise from the 2010 stock offering and benefit from the capital received under the SBLF program. The Tier I Leverage capital ratio decreased to 9.29 percent of total assets at December 31, 2011, as compared with 9.90 percent at December 31, 2010.

The Corporation’s capital base includes $11.4 million in capital raised from the stock and rights offerings completed in 2010, as well as the $11.25 million of capital received from the U.S. Treasury under the Small Business Lending Fund Program in 2011 and simultaneously, using the proceed from issuance of SBLF preferred stock to redeem the $10 million of capital received from the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program. It also includes $5.2 million in subordinated debentures at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. This issuance of $5.0 million in floating rate MMCapS(SM) Securities occurred on December 19, 2003. These securities presently are included as a component of Tier I capital for regulatory capital purposes. In accordance with FASB ASC 810, these securities are classified as subordinated debentures on the Corporation’s Consolidated Statements of Condition.

The Corporation’s risk-based capital ratios at December 31, 2011 were 12.00 percent for Tier I capital and 12.89 percent for total risk-based capital. Total Tier I capital increased to approximately $129.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $116.6 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in Tier I capital primarily reflects earnings and the new capital received during 2011.

The Corporation announced an increase in its common stock buyback program on September 28, 2007 and June 26, 2008, under which the Parent Corporation was authorized to purchase up to 2,039,731 shares of Center Bancorp’s outstanding common stock. As of December 31, 2011, the Parent Corporation had repurchased 1,386,863 shares under the program at an average cost of $11.44 per share. As repurchases were restricted pursuant to the Parent Corporation’s participation in TARP, there were no repurchases during 2011. On September 15, 2011, the Parent Corporation issued $11.25 million in nonvoting senior preferred stock to the Treasury under the Small Business Lending Fund Program. Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Parent Corporation issued to the Treasury a total of 11,250 shares of the Parent Corporation’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. See Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10K.

The following sections discuss the Corporation’s Results of Operations, Asset and Liability Management, Liquidity and Capital Resources.

Results of Operations

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 13,926,000 as compared to $7,004,000 earned in 2010 and $3,771,000 earned in 2009, an increase of 98.8 percent from 2010 to 2011. For 2011, the basic and fully diluted earnings per common share was $0.80 per share as compared with $0.43 per share in 2010 and $0.24 per share in 2009.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s return on average stockholders’ equity (“ROE”) was 10.73 percent and its return on average assets (“ROA”) was 1.05 percent. The Corporation’s return on average tangible stockholders’ equity (“ROATE”) was 12.33 percent for 2011. The comparable ratios for the year ended December 31, 2010, were ROE of 6.30 percent, ROA of 0.59 percent, and ROATE of 7.44 percent. See the discussion and reconciliation of ROATE, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, under Item 6 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Earnings for 2011 benefitted from increases in net interest income and non interest income and from decreases in the provision for loan loss and non interest expense as increases in salaries and benefits and

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OREO expenses were offset by reductions in FDIC insurance, marketing and advertising expense, costs related to the one time charges connected with a one-time termination fee in the first quarter of 2010 of $594,000 on a structured securities repurchase agreement that did not recur in 2011and a $437,000 loss on fixed assets which was recorded in 2010 and did not recur in 2011.

Net Interest Income

The following table presents the components of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis for the past three years

                 
  2011   2010   2009
     Amount   Increase
(Decrease)
from
Prior Year
  Percent Change   Amount   Increase
(Decrease)
from
Prior Year
  Percent Change   Amount   Increase
(Decrease)
from
Prior Year
  Percent Change
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest income:
                                                                                
Investment available-for-sale   $ 14,049     $ 2,990       27.04     $ 11,059     $ (3,279 )      (2.29 )    $ 14,338     $ (67 )      (1.24 ) 
Investment
held-to-maturity
    1,970       1,970       100.00                                      
Loans, including fees     36,320       (880 )      (2.37 )      37,200       449       1.22       36,751       641       1.78  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell                                               (113 )      (100.00 ) 
Restricted investment in bank stocks     464       (104 )      (18.31 )      568       37       6.97       531       (63 )      8.25  
Total interest income     52,803       3,976       8.14       48,827       (2,793 )      (5.41 )      51,620       398       0.78  
Interest expense:
                                                                                
Deposits     5,520       (486 )      (8.09 )      6,006       (6,302 )      (51.20 )      12,308       (979 )      (7.37 ) 
Borrowings     6,657       (2,122 )      (24.17 )      8,779       (1,558 )      (15.07 )      10,337       (471 )      (4.36 ) 
Total interest expense     12,177       (2,608 )      (17.64 )      14,785       (7,860 )      (34.71 )      22,645       (1,450 )      (6.02 ) 
Net interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis     40,626       6,584       19.34       34,042       5,067       17.49       28,975       1,848       6.81  
Tax-equivalent adjustment     (876 )      (763 )      675.22       (113 )      397       (77.84 )      (510 )      818       (61.60 ) 
Net interest income   $ 39,750     $ 5,821       17.16     $ 33,929     $ 5,464       19.20     $ 28,465     $ 2,666       10.33  

Note: The tax-equivalent adjustment was computed based on an assumed statutory Federal income tax rate of 34 percent. Adjustments were made for interest earned on tax-advantaged instruments.

Historically, the most significant component of the Corporation’s earnings has been net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on the portfolio of earning assets (principally loans and investments) and the interest paid for deposits and borrowings, which support these assets. There were several factors that affected net interest income during 2011, including the volume, pricing, mix and maturity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and interest rate fluctuations.

Net interest income is directly affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, which support those assets, as well as changes in the rates earned and paid. Net interest income is presented in this financial review on a tax equivalent basis by adjusting tax-exempt income (primarily interest earned on various obligations of state and political subdivisions) by the amount of income tax which would have been paid had the assets been invested in taxable issues, and then in accordance with the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the net interest income data presented in this financial review differ from the Corporation’s net interest income components of the Consolidated Financial Statements presented elsewhere in this report.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net interest income, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $6.6 million, or 19.3 percent, to $40.6 million, from $34.0 million for 2010. The Corporation’s net interest margin increased 23 basis points to 3.53 percent from 3.30 percent. From 2009 to 2010, net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased by $5.0 million and the net interest margin increased by 45 basis points. During 2011, our net interest margin was positively impacted by increases in the investment portfolio and net loans funded by increases in core deposits, a decrease in high yielding time deposits in excess of $100,000 and reductions in borrowings.

The change in net interest income from 2010 to 2011 was attributable in part to the reduction in short-term interest rates that occurred in 2008 and have remained at historic low levels throughout 2011 coupled with a sustained steepening of the interest rate yield curve. Steps were taken during 2010 and 2011 to improve the Corporation’s net interest margin by continuing to lower rates in concert with the decline in market benchmark rates. However, in light of the financial crisis, the Corporation experienced growth of $23.0 million in non-interest bearing deposits during 2011 and, $219.8 million in savings, money market and time deposits under $100,000 during 2011 as customers’ desire for safety and liquidity remained paramount in light of their overall investment concerns. During 2011, the Corporation made a concerted effort to reduce non-core, single service deposits, and accordingly its uninvested cash position, which had an adverse impact on the Corporation’s net interest margin during 2011. However, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s net interest spread improved by 26 basis points as a 16 basis point decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets was more than offset by a 42 basis point decrease in the average interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, average interest-earning assets increased by $121.5 million to $1.15 billion, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2010. The 2011 change in average interest-earning asset volume was primarily due to increased investment volume and to a lesser degree increased loan volume. Increased average investment volume in 2011 was funded primarily by the increased deposit growth. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $104.1 million, due primarily to increase in interest bearing deposits of $153.6 million partially offset by decreases in borrowings of $49.5 million. During the third quarter of 2011 certain sweep relationships, in the amount of approximately $37 million, that were previously classified as short term borrowings were discontinued and were moved to interest bearing checking accounts.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, average interest-earning assets increased by $12.3 million to $1.031 billion, as compared with the year ended December 31, 2009. The 2010 change in average interest-earning asset volume was primarily due to increased loan volume. Increased average loan volume in 2010 was funded primarily by the reduction of the uninvested cash position.

The factors underlying the year-to-year changes in net interest income are reflected in the tables presented on pages 39 and 41, each of which have been presented on a tax-equivalent basis (assuming a 34 percent tax rate). The table on page 41 (Average Statements of Condition with Interest and Average Rates) shows the Corporation’s consolidated average balance of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, the amount of income produced from interest-earning assets and the amount of expense incurred from interest-bearing liabilities, and net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net Interest Margin

The following table quantifies the impact on net interest income (on a tax-equivalent basis) resulting from changes in average balances and average rates over the past three years. Any change in interest income or expense attributable to both changes in volume and changes in rate has been allocated in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of change in each category.

Analysis of Variance in Net Interest Income Due to Volume and Rates

           
  2011/2010
Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
  2010/2009
Increase (Decrease)
Due to Change in:
     Average
Volume
  Average
Rate
  Net
Change
  Average
Volume
  Average
Rate
  Net
Change
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
                                                     
Investment securities:
                                                     
Available for sale
                                                     
Taxable   $ 1,885     $ (55 )    $ 1,830     $ 700     $ (2,813 )    $ (2,113 ) 
Non-Taxable     1,181       (21 )      1,160       (1,122 )      (44 )      (1,166 ) 
Held to maturity
                                                     
Taxable     887             887                    
Non-Taxable     1,083             1,083                    
Loans, net of unearned discount     510       (1,390 )      (880 )      1,002       (553 )      449  
Restricted investment in bank stocks     (59 )      (45 )      (104 )      (12 )      49       37  
Total interest-earning assets     5,487       (1,511 )      3,976       568       (3,361 )      (2,793 ) 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                     
Money market deposits     461       (305 )      156       54       (749 )      (695 ) 
Savings deposits     77       (368 )      (291 )      286       (1,110 )      (824 ) 
Time deposits     158       (567 )      (409 )      (1,905 )      (2,262 )      (4,167 ) 
Other interest-bearing deposits     314       (256 )      58       309       (925 )      (616 ) 
Borrowings and subordinated debentures     (1,701 )      (421 )      (2,122 )      (709 )      (849 )      (1,558 ) 
Total interest-bearing liabilities     (691 )      (1,917 )      (2,608 )      (1,965 )      (5,895 )      (7,860 ) 
Change in net interest income   $ 6,178     $ 406     $ 6,584     $ 2,533     $ 2,534     $ 5,067  

Interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by approximately $4.0 million or 8.1 percent as compared with the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was due primarily to an increase in balances of the Corporation’s investment securities portfolios offset in part by a decline in rates due to the actions taken by the Federal Reserve to lower market interest rates. The Corporation’s loan portfolio increased on average $4.5 million to $712.9 million from $708.4 million in 2010, primarily driven by growth in commercial loans and commercial real estate.

The loan portfolio represented approximately 61.9 percent of the Corporation’s interest-earning assets (on average) during 2011 and 68.7 percent for 2010. Average investment securities increased during 2011 by $118.1 million compared to 2010 as the Corporation has continued to increase its concentration in tax-exempt securities and focused on purchases of lower risk-based mortgage backed securities. The average yield on interest-earning assets decreased from 4.74 percent in 2010 to 4.58 percent in 2011.

The increase in the volume of loans in 2011 primarily reflected increases in commercial and commercial real estate loans. The increase in the average volume on total interest-earning assets created an increase in interest income of $5.5 million, as compared with a decline of $1.5 million attributable to rate decreases in most interest-earning assets.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest income (fully tax-equivalent) decreased by $2.8 million from 2009 to 2010 primarily due to a decrease in balances of the Corporation’s investment securities portfolios offset in part by an increase in the loan portfolio and a decline in rates due to the actions taken by the Federal Reserve to lower market interest rates.

The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) kept the Federal Funds target rate at zero to 0.25 percent throughout 2011. This action by the FOMC allowed the Corporation to reduce liability costs throughout 2011.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 was principally impacted by rate related factors. The rate related changes resulted in decreased expense on most interest-bearing deposits and borrowings in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011, interest expense decreased $2.6 million or 17.6 percent as compared with 2010. During 2011, the Corporation continued to lower rates in concert with the decline in market benchmark rates. The result was an improvement in the Corporation’s cost of funds and net interest spread. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $104.1 million; the growth was represented in all deposit categories as the flight to quality continued as depositors sought the safety of FDIC insurance.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, interest expense decreased $7.9 million or 34.7 percent as compared with 2009. Total interest-bearing liabilities decreased on average $72.1 million, primarily in CDARS Reciprocal deposits and in borrowings. The Corporation’s net interest spread on a tax-equivalent basis (i.e., the average yield on average interest-earning assets, calculated on a tax equivalent basis, minus the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities) increased 26 basis points to 3.39 percent in 2011 from 3.13 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in 2011 reflected an expansion of spreads between yields earned on loans and investments and rates paid for supporting funds. During 2011, spreads improved due in part to monetary policy maintained by the FOMC keeping the Federal funds rate at zero to 0.25 percent throughout 2011 coupled with a steepening of the yield curve that occurred during 2011.

The net interest spread increased 34 basis points in 2010 as compared with 2009, primarily as a result of an expansion of spreads between yields earned on loans and investments and rates paid for supporting funds. During 2010, spreads improved due in part to monetary policy maintained by the FOMC keeping the Federal funds rate at zero to 0.25 percent throughout 2010 coupled with a steepening of the yield curve that occurred during 2010.

The cost of total average interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 1.19 percent, a decrease of 42 basis points, for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 1.61 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010, which followed a decrease of 67 basis points from 2.28 percent for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The contribution of non-interest-bearing sources (i.e., the differential between the average rate paid on all sources of funds and the average rate paid on interest-bearing sources) decreased to16 basis points, a decrease of 5 basis points in 2011 from 2010. Comparing 2010 and 2009, there was a decrease of 5 basis points to 21 basis points on average from 26 basis points on average during the year ended December 31, 2009.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table, “Average Statements of Condition with Interest and Average Rates”, presents for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation’s average assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity. The Corporation’s net interest income, net interest spreads and net interest income as a percentage of interest-earning assets (net interest margin) are also reflected.

AVERAGE STATEMENTS OF CONDITION WITH INTEREST AND AVERAGE RATES

                 
                 
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
(Tax-Equivalent Basis)   Average
Balance
  Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Rate
  Average
Balance
  Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Rate
  Average
Balance
  Income/
Expense
  Yield/
Rate
     (Dollars in Thousands)
ASSETS
                                                                                
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                                
Investment securities:(1)
                                                                                
Available for sale
                                                                                
Taxable   $ 359,939     $ 12,556       3.49 %    $ 305,927     $ 10,726       3.51 %    $ 289,414     $ 12,839       4.44 % 
Non-taxable     28,067       1,493       5.32 %      5,880       333       5.66 %      25,677       1,499       5.84 % 
Held to maturity
                                                                                
Taxable     23,041       887       3.85 %                  %                  % 
Non-taxable     18,869       1,083       5.74 %                  %                  % 
Loans, net of unearned income:(2)     712,895       36,320       5.09 %      708,425       37,200       5.25 %      692,562       36,751       5.31 % 
Restricted investment in bank stocks     9,185       464       5.05 %      10,293       568       5.52 %      10,526       531       5.04 % 
Total interest-earning assets     1,151,996       52,803       4.58 %      1,030,525       48,827       4.74 %      1,018,179       51,620       5.07 % 
Non-interest-earning assets:
                                                                                
Cash and due from banks     99,607                         81,681                         128,156                    
Bank owned life insurance     28,405                         27,045                         24,941                    
Intangible assets     16,930                         16,993                         17,069                    
Other assets     33,984                         36,817                         42,980                    
Allowance for loan losses     (9,660 )                  (8,579 )                  (6,916 )             
Total non-interest earning assets     169,266                   153,957                   206,230              
Total assets   $ 1,321,262                 $ 1,184,482                 $ 1,224,409              
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                                
Money market deposits   $ 204,664     $ 1,096       0.54 %    $ 127,614     $ 940       0.74 %    $ 123,427     $ 1,635       1.32 % 
Savings deposits     179,759       935       0.52 %      168,591       1,226       0.73 %      145,536       2,050       1.41 % 
Time deposits     223,560       2,274       1.02 %      210,565       2,683       1.27 %      319,639       6,850       2.14 % 
Other interest-bearing deposits     221,839       1,215       0.55 %      169,479       1,157       0.68 %      140,890       1,773       1.26 % 
Short-term and long-term borrowings     190,343       6,497       3.41 %      239,777       8,568       3.57 %      258,607       10,146       3.92 % 
Subordinated debentures     5,155       160       3.10 %      5,155       211       4.09 %      5,155       191       3.71 % 
Total interest-bearing liabilities     1,025,320       12,177       1.19 %      921,181       14,785       1.61 %      993,254       22,645       2.28 % 
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                                
Demand deposits     159,059                         142,364                         124,966                    
Other non-interest-bearing deposits                                                     333                    
Other liabilities     7,045                   9,801                   12,003              
Total non-interest-bearing liabilities     166,104                   152,165                   137,302              
Stockholders’ equity     129,838                   111,136                   93,853              
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 1,321,262                 $ 1,184,482                 $ 1,224,409              
Net interest income (tax-equivalent basis)           40,626                   34,042                   28,975        
Net interest spread                 3.39 %                  3.13 %                  2.79 % 
Net interest income as percent of earning assets (margin)                 3.53 %                  3.30 %                  2.85 % 
Tax-equivalent adjustment(3)           (876 )                  (113 )                  (510 )       
Net interest income         $ 39,750                 $ 33,929                 $ 28,465        

(1) Average balances for available-for-sale securities are based on amortized cost.
(2) Average balances for loans include loans on non-accrual status.
(3) The tax-equivalent adjustment was computed based on a statutory Federal income tax rate of 34 percent.

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Portfolio

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the average volume of investment securities increased by $118.1 million to approximately $429.9 million or 37.3 percent of average earning assets, from $311.8 million on average, or 30.3 percent of average earning assets, in 2010. At December 31, 2011, the total investment portfolio amounted to $486.7 million, an increase of $108.7 million from December 31, 2010. The increase at year-end and average volume of investment securities reflects the fact that with the strong deposit growth experienced during 2011 and large buildup of liquidity, the Corporation began to prudently expand the size of its investment portfolio in an effort to deploy excess cash into earning assets. At December 31, 2011, the principal components of the investment portfolio are U.S. Government Agency Obligations, Federal Agency Obligations including mortgage-backed securities, Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivision, corporate bonds and notes, and other debt and equity securities.

In the past, the Corporation’s investment portfolio also consisted of overnight investments that were made in the Reserve Primary Fund (the “Fund”), a money market fund registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. On September 22, 2008, the Fund announced that redemptions of shares of the Fund were suspended pursuant to an SEC order so that an orderly liquidation could be effected for the protection of the Fund’s investors. Through December 31, 2011, the Corporation received six distributions from the Fund, totaling approximately 99 percent of its outstanding balance. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Corporation recorded a $364,000, or approximately 1 percent, other-than-temporary impairment charge to earnings relating to this court ordered liquidation of the Fund. The Corporation’s outstanding carrying balance in the Fund as of December 31, 2011 was zero. Future liquidation distributions received by the Corporation, if any, will be recorded to earnings.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, volume related factors increased investment revenue by $5.0 million, while rate related factors decreased investment revenue by $76,000. The tax-equivalent yield on investments increased by 18 basis points to 3.73 percent from a yield of 3.55 percent during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in the investment portfolio resulted from the large buildup of liquidity, which caused the Corporation to prudently expand the size of its investment portfolio in an effort to deploy excess cash into earning assets. The yield on the portfolio increased compared to 2010 due primarily to tax exempt securities which, due to higher tax equivalent yields, improved the overall yield.

During 2011, the Corporation reclassified at fair value approximately $66.8 million in available-for-sale investment securities to the held-to-maturity category. The related after-tax gains of approximately $159,000 (on a pre-tax basis of $245,000) remained in accumulated other comprehensive income and will be amortized over the remaining life of the securities as an adjustment of yield, offsetting the related amortization of the premium or accretion of the discount on the transferred securities. No gains or losses were recognized at the time of reclassification. Management considers the held-to-maturity classification of these investment securities to be appropriate as the Corporation has the positive intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity.

The Corporation owns two pooled trust preferred securities (“Pooled TRUPS”), which consists of securities issued by financial institutions and insurance companies. The Corporation holds the mezzanine tranche of these securities. Senior tranches generally are protected from defaults by over-collateralization and cash flow default protection provided by subordinated tranches, with senior tranches having the greatest protection and mezzanine tranches subordinated to the senior tranches. One of the Pooled TRUPS, ALESCO VI, has incurred its eleventh interruption of cash flow payments to date. Management reviewed the expected cash flow analysis and credit support to determine if it was probable that all principal and interest would be repaid, and no other-than-temporary impairment charges were recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The new cost basis for this security had been written down to $290,000. The other Pooled TRUP, ALESCO VII, incurred its ninth interruption of cash flow payments to date. Management determined that no other-than-temporary impairment charge exists on this security as well for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The new cost basis for this security had been written down to $834,000.

One of the Pooled TRUPS, ALESCO VI, incurred its seventh interruption of cash flow payments in 2010. Management reviewed the cash flow analysis and credit support to determine if it was probable that all principal and interest would be repaid, and recorded a $33,000 other-than-temporary impairment charge for the three months ended December 31, 2010 and $500,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010,

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which represented 15.6 percent of the par amount of $3.2 million. At December 31, 2010 the new cost basis for this security had been written down to $227,000. The other Pooled TRUP incurred, ALESCO VII, its fifth interruption of cash flow payments to date. Management determined that an other-than-temporary impairment existed on this security as well and recorded a $677,000 charge during the fourth quarter of 2010, and $1.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010, which represented 41.9 percent of the par amount of $3.1 million. At December 31, 2010 the new cost basis for this security had been written down to $779,000.

The Corporation owns 3 variable rate private label collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO), which were also evaluated for impairment. Management had applied aggressive default rates to identify if any credit impairment exists, as these bonds were downgraded to below investment grade. The Corporation recorded $324,000 in principal losses and an $18,000 other-than-temporary impairment charge on these bonds in 2011, and expects additional losses in future periods. The new cost basis for these securities had been written down to $3.2 million. The Corporation recorded $398,000 in principal losses on these bonds and $360,000 other-than-temporary charge in 2010.

Securities available-for-sale are a part of the Corporation’s interest rate risk management strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, liquidity management and other factors. The Corporation continues to reposition the investment portfolio as part of an overall corporate-wide strategy to produce reasonable and consistent margins where feasible, while attempting to limit risks inherent in the Corporation’s balance sheet.

At December 31, 2011, the net unrealized loss carried as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and included in stockholders’ equity, net of tax, amounted to a net unrealized loss of $2.2 million as compared with a net unrealized loss of $5.3 million at December 31, 2010, resulting from changes in market conditions and interest rates at December 31, 2011. As a result of the inactive condition of the markets amidst the financial crisis, the Corporation elected to treat certain securities under a permissible alternate valuation approach at December 31, 2011 and 2010. For additional information regarding the Corporation’s investment portfolio, see Note 4 and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

During 2011, securities sold from the Corporation’s available-for-sale portfolio amounted to $254.8 million, as compared with $644.1 million in 2010. The gross realized gains on securities sold amounted to approximately $4,045,000 in 2011 compared to $4,872,000 in 2010, while the gross realized losses, which included impairment charges of $342,000, amounted to approximately $411,000 in 2011 compared to $635,000 in 2010. During 2011, the Corporation recorded an $18,000 loss on Other Than Temporary Impairment charges on a variable rate private label CMO and $324,000 in principal losses on the same variable rate private label CMO. During 2010, the Corporation recorded a $3.0 million other-than-temporary charge on its trust preferred securities, $1.8 million on two pooled trust preferred securities and $360,000 on a variable rate private label CMO and $398,000 in principal losses on this variable rate private label CMO.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The table below illustrates the maturity distribution and weighted average yield on a tax-equivalent basis for investment securities at December 31, 2011, on a contractual maturity basis.

                   
  Federal
Agency
Obligations
  Residential
Mortgage
Pass-through
Securities
  Commercial
Mortgage
Pass-through
Securities
  Obligations in
U.S. States &
Political
Subdivisions
  Trust
Preferred
  Corporate
Bonds &
Notes
  Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
  Asset-backed
Securities
  Equity
Securities
  Total
  (Dollars in thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale
                                                                                         
Due in 1 year or less
                                                                                         
Amortized Cost   $     $     $     $     $     $ 4,143     $     $     $     $ 4,143  
Market Value   $     $     $     $     $     $ 4,118     $     $     $     $ 4,118  
Weighted Average Yield     %      %      %      %      %      1.91 %      %      %      %      1.91 % 
Due after one year through five years
                                                                                         
Amortized Cost   $ 43     $     $     $ 2,055     $     $ 79,700     $     $     $     $ 81,798  
Market Value   $ 43     $     $     $ 2,049     $     $ 79,046     $     $     $     $ 81,138  
Weighted Average Yield     0.90 %      %      %      1.53 %      %      2.55 %      %      %      %      2.52 % 
Due after five years through ten years
                                                                                         
Amortized Cost   $ 44     $ 5,507     $     $ 16,113     $     $ 88,521     $     $ 3,716     $     $ 113,901  
Market Value   $ 45     $ 5,577     $     $ 16,821     $     $ 86,520     $     $ 3,769     $     $ 112,732  
Weighted Average Yield     2.00 %      2.04 %      %      2.67 %      %      4.25 %      %      1.43 %      %      3.83 % 
Due after ten years
                                                                                         
Amortized Cost   $ 24,694     $ 107,706     $     $ 48,141     $ 20,567     $ 3,448     $ 3,226     $ 3,898     $ 6,417     $ 218,097  
Market Value   $ 24,881     $ 109,787     $     $ 50,303     $ 16,187     $ 3,433     $ 1,899     $ 3,884     $ 6,145     $ 216,519  
Weighted Average Yield     2.18 %      3.18 %      %      3.58 %      5.93 %      5.52 %      2.91 %      3.78 %      %      3.36 % 
Total Investment Securities AFS
                                                                                         
Amortized Cost   $ 24,781     $ 113,213     $     $ 66,309     $ 20,567     $ 175,812     $ 3,226     $ 7,614     $ 6,417     $ 417,939  
Market Value   $ 24,969     $ 115,364     $     $ 69,173     $ 16,187     $ 173,117     $ 1,899     $ 7,653     $ 6,145     $ 414,507  
Weighted Average Yield     2.18 %      3.12 %      %      3.30 %      5.93 %      3.45 %      2.91 %      2.63 %      %      3.31 % 
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity
                                                                                         
Due after five years through ten years
                                                                                         
Amortized Cost   $     $     $ 3,133     $ 1,326     $     $     $     $     $     $ 4,459  
Market Value   $     $     $ 3,071     $ 1,435     $     $     $     $     $     $ 4,506  
Weighted Average Yield     %      %      2.20 %      2.92 %      %      %      %      %      %      2.41 % 
Due after ten years  
Amortized Cost   $ 28,262     $     $ 3,143     $ 36,369     $     $     $     $     $     $ 67,774  
Market Value   $ 28,405     $     $ 3,136     $ 38,875     $     $     $     $     $     $ 70,416  
Weighted Average Yield     3.23 %      %      2.39 %      4.14 %      %      %      %      %      %      3.94 % 
Total Investment Securities HTM  
Amortized Cost   $ 28,262     $     $ 6,276     $ 37,695     $     $     $     $     $     $ 72,233  
Market Value   $ 28,405     $     $ 6,207     $ 40,310     $     $     $     $     $     $ 74,922  
Weighted Average Yield     3.23 %      %      2.30 %      4.10 %      %      %      %      %      %      3.85 % 
Total Investment Securities
                                                                                         
Amortized Cost   $ 53,043     $ 113,213     $ 6,276     $ 104,004     $ 20,567     $ 175,812     $ 3,226     $ 7,614     $ 6,417     $ 490,172  
Market Value   $ 53,374     $ 115,364     $ 6,207     $ 109,483     $ 16,187     $ 173,117     $ 1,899     $ 7,653     $ 6,145     $ 489,429  
Weighted Average Yield     3.07 %      3.12 %      2.30 %      3.59 %      5.93 %      3.45 %      2.91 %      2.63 %      %      3.39 % 

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For information regarding the carrying value of the investment portfolio, see Note 4 and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The securities listed in the table above are either rated investment grade by Moody’s and/or Standard and Poor’s or have shadow credit ratings from a credit agency supporting investment grade and conform to the Corporation’s investment policy guidelines. There were no municipal securities of any single issuer exceeding 10 percent of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011.

Equity securities included in other debt and equity securities do not have a contractual maturity and are included in the Due after ten years maturity in the table above.

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Corporation’s investment securities, as of December 31 for each of the last three years.

     
  2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                          
U.S. treasury & agency Securities   $     $ 6,995     $ 2,089  
Federal agency obligations     24,969       68,481       128,365  
Residential mortgage pass-through securities     115,364       177,733       86,220  
Obligations of U.S. States and political subdivisions     69,173       37,225       19,281  
Trust preferred securities     16,187       18,731       26,715  
Corporate bonds and notes     173,117       61,434       22,655  
Collateralized mortgage obligations     1,899       2,728       7,266  
Asset-backed securities     7,653              
Equity securities     6,145       4,753       5,533  
Total   $ 414,507     $ 378,080     $ 298,124  
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity:
                          
Federal Agency Obligations     28,262              
Commercial mortgage-backed securities     6,276              
Obligations of U.S. States and political subdivisions     37,695              
Total   $ 72,233     $     $  
Total investment securities   $ 486,740     $ 378,080     $ 298,124  

For other information regarding the Corporation’s investment securities portfolio, see Note 4 and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loan Portfolio

Lending is one of the Corporation’s primary business activities. The Corporation’s loan portfolio consists of both retail and commercial loans, serving the diverse customer base in its market area. The composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio continues to change due to the local economy. Factors such as the economic climate, interest rates, real estate values and employment all contribute to these changes. While the overall economy has been restrictive and somewhat constrained by the uncertain economic environment, the Corporation’s growth in loans continued during 2011. Enhanced visibility in its markets coupled with the aggressive business development activities of its sales team has continued to enhance its image and business prospects. The Corporation continues to see economic instability in the near term and therefore expects to move cautiously in the growth process into 2012.

At December 31, 2011, total loans amounted to $756.0 million, an increase of 6.7 percent or $47.6 million as compared to December 31, 2010. The $880,000 or 2.4 percent decrease in interest income on loans for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 was the result of a lower interest rate environment as compared with 2010, offset in part by increased volume. Even though the Corporation continues to be challenged by the competition for lending relationships that exists within its market, growth in volume has been achieved through successful lending sales efforts to build on continued customer relationships.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total average loan volume increased $4.5 million or 0.63 percent in 2011, while the portfolio yield decreased by 16 basis points compared with 2010. The increased total average loan volume was due in part to enhanced visibility in the Corporation’s markets coupled with the aggressive business development activities of its sales team. The volume related factors during the period contributed increased revenue of $510,000, while the rate related changes decreased revenue by $1.4 million. Total average loan volume increased to $712.9 million with a net interest yield of 5.09 percent, compared to $708.4 million with a yield of 5.25 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Corporation seeks to create growth in commercial lending by offering sound products and competitive pricing and by capitalizing on new and existing relationships in its market area. Products are offered to meet the financial requirements of the Corporation’s clients. It is the objective of the Corporation’s credit policies to diversify the commercial loan portfolio to limit concentrations in any single industry.

The following table presents information regarding the components of the Corporation’s loan portfolio on the dates indicated.

         
  December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial   $ 146,662     $ 121,034     $ 117,912     $ 75,415     $ 65,493  
Commercial real estate     408,010       372,001       358,957       316,509       167,978  
Construction     39,382       49,744       51,099       41,885       51,378  
Residential mortgage     160,999       165,154       191,199       240,885       266,251  
Installment     957       511       439       1,509       569  
Total loans     756,010       708,444       719,606       676,203       551,669  
Less:
                                            
Allowance for loan losses     9,602       8,867       8,711       6,254       5,163  
Net loans   $ 746,408     $ 699,577     $ 710,895     $ 669,949     $ 546,506  

Included in the loan balances above are net deferred loan costs of $17,000, $258,000, $391,000, $572,000 and $579,000 at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Over the past five years, demand for the Bank’s commercial and commercial real estate loan products has increased. The increase in commercial loans in 2011 was a result of the expansion of the Corporation’s customer base, aggressive business development and marketing programs coupled with its positive image in its market. While growth in certain sectors of the Banks’ market, such as consumer real estate products, was severely stressed during most of 2008, the Corporation experienced an increased growth in its commercial lending sales efforts during 2010 and 2011 as it continued to benefit from the Corporation’s primary core customer base.

Average commercial loans, which include commercial real estate and construction, increased to $559.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $532.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 or by approximately $27.3 million or 5.2 percent in 2011 compared with 2010.

The Corporation’s commercial loan portfolio includes, in addition to real estate development, loans to manufacturing, automobile, professional and retail trade sectors, and to specialized borrowers, such as operators of private educational facilities, for example. A large proportion of the Corporation’s commercial loans have interest rates that reprice with changes in short-term market interest rates or mature in one year or less.

Average commercial real estate loans, which amounted to $319.7 million in 2011, increased $23.1 million or 7.8 percent as compared with average commercial real estate loans of $296.6 million in 2010 (which reflected a 27.3 percent increase over 2009). The Corporation’s long-term mortgage portfolio includes both residential and commercial financing. Growth during the past two years largely reflected brisk activity in new lending activity and mortgage financing. The interest rates on a portion of the Corporation’s commercial

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

mortgages adjust to changes in indices such as the 5 and 10-year Treasury Notes, and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York 5 and 10-year advance rate. Interest rate changes usually occur at each five-year anniversary of the loan.

The average volume of residential mortgage loans, including home equity loans, declined $22.8 million or 13.0 percent in 2011 as compared to 2010. During 2011, residential loan growth was affected by the slowdown in the housing market, brisk refinancing activity into fixed rate loans due principally to the current historic low rate environment and competition among lenders. Fixed rate residential and home equity loans have recently become a popular choice among homeowners, either through refinancing or new loans, as consumers wish to lock in historically low fixed rates.

Average construction loans and other temporary mortgage financing decreased by $8.7 million to $45.1 million in 2011 from $53.8 million in 2010. The average volume of such loans increased by $4.4 million from 2009 to 2010. Interest rates on such mortgages are generally tied to key short-term market interest rates. Funds are typically advanced to the builder or developer during various stages of construction and upon completion of the project. It is contemplated that the loans will be repaid by cash flows derived from sales within the project or, where appropriate, conversion to permanent financing.

Loans to individuals include personal loans, student loans, and home improvement loans, as well as financing for automobiles. Such loans averaged $363,000 in 2011, compared with $704,000 in 2010 and $773,000 in 2009. The decrease in loans to individuals during 2011 was due in part to decreases in volumes of new personal loans (single-pay).

Home equity loans, inclusive of home equity lines, as well as traditional secondary mortgage loans, are popular with consumers due to their tax advantages over other forms of consumer borrowing. Home equity loans and secondary mortgages averaged $58.2 million in 2011, a decrease of $12.5 million or 17.7 percent compared to an average of $70.7 million in 2010 and $89.2 million in 2009. Interest rates on floating rate home equity lines are generally tied to the prime rate while most other loans to individuals, including fixed rate home equity loans, are medium-term (ranging between one-to-ten years) and carry fixed interest rates. The decrease in home equity loans outstanding during 2011 was due in part to the recent slowdown in the housing market and lower consumer spending. Additionally, floating rate home equity lines became less attractive during 2011 as consumers took advantage of historically low interest rates or opted to convert these loan balances into fixed rate loan products.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had total loan commitments outstanding of $178.9 million, of which approximately 68.4 percent were for commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and construction loans.

The maturities of loans at December 31, 2011 are listed below.

       
  At December 31, 2011, Maturing
     In
One Year
or Less
  After
One Year
through
Five Years
  After
Five Years
  Total
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Construction loans   $ 29,472     $ 7,720     $ 2,190     $ 39,382  
Commercial real estate loans     67,167       156,577       184,266       408,010  
Residential real estate loans     37,451       30,432       93,116       160,999  
Commercial and industrial     87,453       53,578       5,631       146,662  
All other loans     838       64       55       957  
Total   $ 222,381     $ 248,371     $ 285,258     $ 756,010  
Loans with:
                                   
Fixed rates   $ 102,524     $ 113,818     $ 258,322     $ 474,664  
Variable rates     119,857       134,553       26,936       281,346  
Total   $ 222,381     $ 248,371     $ 285,258     $ 756,010  

For additional information regarding loans, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Allowance for Loan Losses and Related Provision

The purpose of the allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) is to absorb the impact of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Additions to the allowance are made through provisions charged against current operations and through recoveries made on loans previously charged-off. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount considered adequate by management to provide for potential credit losses based upon a periodic evaluation of the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. In establishing an appropriate allowance, an assessment of the individual borrowers, a determination of the value of the underlying collateral, a review of historical loss experience and an analysis of the levels and trends of loan categories, delinquencies and problem loans are considered. Such factors as the level and trend of interest rates, current economic conditions and peer group statistics are also reviewed. At year-end 2011, the level of the allowance was $9,602,000 as compared to a level of $8,867,000 at December 31, 2010. The Corporation made loan loss provisions of $2,448,000 in 2011 compared with $5,076,000 in 2010 and $4,597,000 in 2009. The level of the allowance during the respective annual periods of 2011 and 2010 reflects the change in average volume, credit quality within the loan portfolio, the level of charge-offs, loan volume recorded during the periods and the Corporation’s focus on the changing composition of the commercial and residential real estate loan portfolios.

At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses amounted to 1.27 percent of total loans. In management’s view, the level of the allowance at December 31, 2011 is adequate to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment regarding the adequacy of the allowance constitutes a “Forward Looking Statement” under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from management’s analysis, based principally upon the factors considered by management in establishing the allowance.

Although management uses the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate, which is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Corporation to increase the allowance based on their analysis of information available to them at the time of their examination. Furthermore, the majority of the Corporation’s loans are secured by real estate in the State of New Jersey. Future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to economic factors impacting New Jersey real estate and further deterioration of the economic climate as well as operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Corporation’s control. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans amounted to 1.27 percent, 1.25 percent and 1.21 percent at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Net charge-offs were $1,713,000 in 2011, $4,920,000 in 2010 and $2,140,000 in 2009. During 2011, the Corporation experienced a decrease in charge-offs and an increase in recoveries compared to 2010. Charge-offs were lower in all loan portfolio segments in 2011 than in 2010 and recoveries were higher in all loan portfolio segments in 2011 than in 2010. The most noticeable change is the dramatic reduction in charge-offs in the Residential portfolio as the need for further write downs, due to distress in the single family housing market, subsided in 2011. Commercial Loan charge-offs were 40.7% lower in 2011 compared to 2010. Over half of the Commercial Loan charge-offs related to a single non-accrual participation loan that was subsequently placed into OREO during the fourth quarter of 2011 followed by the Corporation’s disposal of its ownership interest prior to December 31, 2011. Under $100 thousand in Commercial charge-offs in 2011 were associated with previously disclosed industrial warehouse construction loan project participated with and led by another New Jersey bank. The Corporation’s entire interest in that project was repurchased by the lead bank during the fourth quarter of 2011. During 2010, the Corporation took further write downs of $1.9 million associated with a previously disclosed construction project related to industrial warehouses. In addition, distress in the single family housing market caused the Corporation to recognize write downs of $1.6 million and two commercial and industrial loans were the prime contributors of the write downs of $1.1 million in commercial and industrial loans.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Five-Year Statistical Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table reflects the relationship of loan volume, the provision and allowance for loan losses and net charge-offs for the past five years.

         
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Average loans outstanding   $ 712,895     $ 708,425     $ 692,562     $ 622,533     $ 541,297  
Total loans at end of period   $ 756,010     $ 708,444     $ 719,606     $ 676,203     $ 551,669  
Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Losses                                             
Balance at the beginning of year   $ 8,867     $ 8,711     $ 6,254     $ 5,163     $ 4,960  
Charge-offs:
                                            
Commercial and Construction     1,985       3,348       2,122       444       45  
Residential     23       1,552       4       20       80  
Installment loans     20       40       26       35       31  
Total charge-offs     2,028       4,940       2,152       499       156  
Recoveries:
                                            
Commercial and Construction     255       13       2       10       2  
Residential     53       1       4       13        
Installment loans     7       6       6       6       7  
Total recoveries     315       20       12       29       9  
Net charge-offs     1,713       4,920       2,140       470       147  
Provision for loan losses     2,448       5,076       4,597       1,561       350  
Balance at end of year   $ 9,602     $ 8,867     $ 8,711     $ 6,254     $ 5,163  
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average loans outstanding during the year     0.24 %      0.69 %      0.31 %      0.08 %      0.03 % 
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans at end of year     1.27 %      1.25 %      1.21 %      0.92 %      0.94 % 

For additional information regarding loans, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Implicit in the lending function is the fact that loan losses will be experienced and that the risk of loss will vary with the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower and prevailing economic conditions. The allowance for loan losses has been allocated in the table below according to the estimated amount deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the possibility of losses being incurred within the following categories of loans at December 31, for each of the past five years.

The table below shows, for three types of loans, the amounts of the allowance allocable to such loans and the percentage of such loans to total loans.

               
  Commercial   Real Estate
Residential Mortgage
  Installment   Unallocated
     Amount of
Allowance
  Loans to
Total Loans
%
  Amount of
Allowance
  Loans to
Total Loans
%
  Amount of
Allowance
  Loans to
Total Loans
%
  Amount of
Allowance
  Total
     (Dollars in Thousands)
2011   $ 8,206       78.6     $ 1,263       21.3     $ 51       0.1     $ 82     $ 9,602  
2010     7,538       76.6       1,038       23.3       52       0.1       239       8,867  
2009     7,314       73.3       1,242       26.6       56       0.1       99       8,711  
2008     5,473       64.2       651       35.6       60       0.2       70       6,254  
2007     4,167       51.6       727       48.3       49       0.1       220       5,163  

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Asset Quality

The Corporation manages asset quality and credit risk by maintaining diversification in its loan portfolio and through review processes that include analysis of credit requests and ongoing examination of outstanding loans and delinquencies, with particular attention to portfolio dynamics and mix. The Corporation strives to identify loans experiencing difficulty early enough to correct the problems, to record charge-offs promptly based on realistic assessments of current collateral values, and to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses at all times. These practices have protected the Corporation during economic downturns and periods of uncertainty.

It is generally the Corporation’s policy to discontinue interest accruals once a loan is past due as to interest or principal payments for a period of ninety days. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest accruals cease and uncollected accrued interest is reversed and charged against current income. Payments received on non-accrual loans are applied against principal. A loan may only be restored to an accruing basis when it again becomes well secured and in the process of collection or all past due amounts have been collected and a satisfactory period of ongoing repayment exists. Accruing loans past due 90 days or more are generally well secured and in the process of collection. For additional information regarding loans, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Non-Performing and Past Due Loans and OREO

Non-performing loans include non-accrual loans and accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more. Non-accrual loans represent loans on which interest accruals have been suspended. It is the Corporation’s general policy to consider the charge-off of loans when they become contractually past due ninety days or more as to interest or principal payments or when other internal or external factors indicate that collection of principal or interest is doubtful. Troubled debt restructurings represent loans on which a concession was granted to a borrower, such as a reduction in interest rate to a rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risks, and which are currently performing in accordance with the modified terms. The Corporation previously reported performing troubled debt restructured loans as a component of non-performing assets. For additional information regarding loans, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table sets forth, as of the dates indicated, the amount of the Corporation’s non-accrual loans, accruing loans past due 90 days or more, other real estate owned (“OREO”) and troubled debt restructurings.

         
  At December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Non-accrual loans   $ 6,871     $ 11,174     $ 11,245     $ 541     $ 3,907  
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more     1,029       714       39       139        
Total non-performing loans     7,900       11,888       11,284       680       3,907  
OREO     591                   3,949       501  
Total non-performing assets   $ 8,491     $ 11,888     $ 11,284     $ 4,629     $ 4,408  
Troubled debt restructuring — performing   $ 7,459     $ 7,035     $ 966     $ 93     $  

At December 31, 2011, non-performing assets totaled $8.5 million, or 0.59% of total assets, as compared with $11.9 million, or 0.98%, at December 31, 2010. The decrease from December 31, 2010 was achieved notwithstanding the addition of several new residential loans (totaling approximately $2.6 million) and commercial loans (totaling approximately $1.4 million) into non-performing status. This was more than offset by decreases from pay-downs of $5.0 million, total charge-offs of $0.7 million of existing loans, and the transfer to performing troubled debt restructured from non-accrual status of $1.7 million.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total non-accrual loans remained relatively even from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. A $2.2 million single family residential loan previously classified as a non-accrual loan was transferred to OREO during 2010 and subsequently sold in the fourth quarter of 2010. In addition, a $1.9 million net charge off was taken on a loan participation during 2010. On the other hand, a construction participation loan in the amount of $3.6 million went into non-accrual status in the fourth quarter of 2010.

The components of accruing loans, which are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest payments, are as follows:

         
  December 31,
     2011   2010   2009   2008   2007
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial   $ 1,029     $     $     $     $  
Residential           714       39       139        
Installment                              
Total accruing loans 90 days or more past due   $ 1,029     $ 714     $  39     $ 139     $  —  

The balance at December 31, 2011 is comprised of two commercial loan relationships totaling $1,029,000. At December 31, 2011, both loans in question were well secured and in the process of collection. In both relationships, the Corporation is receiving rental payments directly from the respective tenants that are being used to defray real estate tax expense as well as making loan payments. Because neither relationship has brought their loans current, the Corporation is continuing the foreclosure process.

TDR Increase

Troubled Debt Restructured loans (“TDR’s”) at December 31, 2011 totaled $11.1 million of which $7.5 million were performing pursuant to the terms of their respective modifications. The level of performing TDR’s increased during 2011 by the addition of five residential loans totalling $1,575,000 and one commercial loan totalling $1,318,000. This was offset by payments and payoffs to existing TDR’s totalling $1,002,000. All but $1,000 of these payments were for commercial loan TDR’s. Another two residential TDR’s totalling $1,502,000 was returned to their original contractual loan terms. The net increase for 2011 in performing TDR’s totaled $424,000.

Other known “potential problem loans” (as defined by SEC regulations) as of December 31, 2011 have been identified and internally risk rated as assets especially mentioned or substandard. Such loans, which include non-performing assets and troubled debt restructuring included in the table above, amounted to $48,976,000, $38,382,000 and $20,048,000 at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 reflects continued deterioration in the quality of certain loans. The risk rating of assets is a dynamic environment wherein through on-going examination certain assets may be downgraded or upgraded as circumstances warrant. During 2011, the Corporation internally risk rated as assets especially mentioned or substandard a total of $21,455,000 new commercial loans and $3,912,000 new residential loans. This was partially offset by upgrades to an internal pass risk rating of $3,943,000 in commercial loans and $1,502,000 of residential loans. Payoffs of commercial and residential loans totaled $6,258,000. Charge-offs and transfers to Other Real Estate Owned accounted for $1,176,000. A final mitigant came from continued principal reductions on other potential problem loans. With the exception of non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and accruing, potential problem loans were performing as of December 31, 2011. The Corporation has no foreign loans.

At December 31, 2011, other than the loans set forth above, the Corporation is not aware of any loans which present serious doubts as to the ability of its borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and which are expected to fall into one of the categories set forth in the tables or description above. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s doubtful loans amounted to $2,277,000.

With respect to concentrations of credit within the Corporation’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, $12.7 million or 2.1% of the commercial loan portfolio represented outstanding working capital loans to various real estate developers. $4.3 million of these loans are secured by mortgages on land and on buildings under construction.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For additional information regarding risk elements in the Corporation’s loan portfolio, see Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Income

The following table presents the principal categories of non-interest income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011.

           
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   % Change   2010   2009   % Change
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Service charges, commissions and fees   $ 1,896     $ 1,975       (4.00 )%    $ 1,975     $ 1,835       7.63 % 
Annuity & insurance commissions     110       123       (10.57 )      123       126       (2.38 ) 
Bank-owned life insurance     1,038       1,226       (15.33 )      1,226       1,156       6.06  
Net securities gains (losses)     3,634       (1,339 )      371.40       (1,339 )      491       (372.71 ) 
Other     800       487       64.27       487       298       63.42  
Total other income   $ 7,478     $ 2,472       202.51 %    $ 2,472     $ 3,906       (36.71 )% 

For the period ended December 31, 2011, total other income increased $5.0 million compared to 2010, primarily as a result of net securities gains in 2011 compared to net securities losses in 2010. Excluding net securities gains and losses in the respective periods, the Corporation recorded other income of $3.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 and in the year ended December 31, 2010.

During 2011, the Corporation recorded net securities gains of $3.6 million compared to net securities losses of $1.3 million in 2010 and net gains of $491,000 recorded in 2009. In 2011, total other-than-temporary impairment charges of $342,000 were offset by net gains on securities sold of $4.0 million. During 2011, securities sold from the Corporation’s available-for-sale portfolio amounted to approximately $254.8 million compared to approximately $644.1 million in 2010. The gross realized gains on securities sold amounted to approximately $4.0 million in 2011 compared to $4.9 million in 2010, while the gross realized losses amounted to approximately $411,000 in 2011 compared to $635,000 in 2010. The proceeds from the sales of securities were made in the normal course of business and were primarily reinvested into the loan portfolio.

During 2011, the Corporation recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $18,000 on a variable rate private label CMO and $324,000 in principal losses on a variable rate private label CMO. For the year ended December 31, 2010, these impairment charges consisted of a $3.0 million other-than-temporary impairment charge on its trust preferred securities, $1.8 million on two pooled trust preferred securities, $360,000 on a variable rate private label CMO and $398,000 in principal losses on a variable rate private label CMO. For the year ended December 31, 2009 these impairment charges consisted of $3.4 million relating to two pooled trust preferred securities, $364,000 relating to the Corporation’s investment in the Reserve Primary Fund, $188,000 relating to a variable rate private label CMO, a $140,000 charge relating to a Lehman Brothers bond and a $113,000 write down relating to one equity holding in bank stocks.

Other Expense

Total other expense includes salaries and employee benefits, net occupancy expense, premises and equipment expense, professional and consulting expense, stationery and printing expense, marketing and advertising expense, computer expense and other operating expense. Other operating expense includes such expenses as telephone, insurance, audit, bank correspondent fees and the amortization of core deposit intangibles.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the principal categories of other expense for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011.

           
  Year Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   % Change   2010   2009   % Change
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits   $ 11,527     $ 10,765       7.08 %    $ 10,765     $ 9,915       8.57 % 
Occupancy, net     2,021       2,088       (3.21 )      2,088       2,536       (17.67 ) 
Premises and equipment     926       1,093       (15.28 )      1,093       1,263       (13.46 ) 
FDIC insurance     1,712       2,126       (19.47 )      2,126       2,055       3.45  
Professional and consulting     1,156       1,121       3.12       1,121       811       38.22  
Stationery and printing     368       316       16.46       316       339       (6.78 ) 
Marketing and advertising     131       268       (51.12 )      268       366       (26.78 ) 
Computer expense     1,312       1,366       (3.95 )      1,366       964       41.70  
OREO expense, net     398       284       40.14       284       1,438       (80.25 ) 
Loss on fixed assets, net           427       (100.00 )      427             100.00  
Repurchase agreement termination fee           594       (100.00 )      594             100.00  
Other     3,892       3,651       6.60       3,651       3,370       8.34  
Total other expense   $ 23,443     $ 24,099       (2.72 )%    $ 24,099     $ 23,057       4.52 % 

Total other expense decreased $656,000, or 2.72 percent, in 2011 from 2010 as compared with an increase of $1.0 million, or 4.52 percent, from 2009 to 2010. The level of operating expenses during 2011 decreased primarily as a result of decreased occupancy expense of $67,000, decreased premises and equipment charges of $167,000, decreased computer expense of $54,000, decreased marketing expenses of $137,000, decreased FDIC Insurance of $414,000, $427,000 in charges incurred in 2010 with the lease/sale of the Corporation’s former operations facility and $594,000 incurred in 2010 from the early termination of a structure repurchase agreement in 2010. These items were offset in part by increases in salary and benefits of $762,000, professional and consulting fees of $35,000, stationery & printing expenses of $52,000, OREO expense of $114,000 and other expenses of $241,000. Total other expense increased in 2010 from 2009 across several expense categories, with the largest increases occurring in salaries and benefit expense, professional and consulting fees, computer expense, termination fee on a structured securities repurchase agreement and loss on fixed assets.

Prudent management of operating expenses has been and will continue to be a key objective of management in an effort to improve earnings performance. The Corporation’s ratio of other expenses to average assets decreased to 1.77 percent in 2011 compared to 2.03 percent in 2010 and 1.88 percent in 2009.

Salaries and employee benefits increased $762,000 or 7.08 percent in 2011 compared to 2010 and increased $850,000 or 8.57 percent from 2009 to 2010. The increase in 2011 was primarily attributable to merit increases to existing staff and additions to office and employee staff of $439,000 and $125,000, respectively, pension and 401(k) increase of $129,000, and increased medical insurance expense of $40,000. The increase in 2010 was primarily attributable to additions to office staff and merit increases to existing staff of approximately $720,000 and increased medical insurance expense of $130,000.

Salaries and employee benefits accounted for 49.2 percent of total non-interest expense in 2011, as compared to 44.7 percent and 43.0 percent in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

In 2009, the Corporation announced a strategic outsourcing agreement with Fiserv to provide core account processing services, which is consistent with the Corporation’s other strategic initiatives to streamline operations, reduce operating overhead and allow the Corporation to focus on core competencies of customer service and product development.

Occupancy and premises and equipment expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $67,000 or 3.2 percent and $167,000 or 15.3 percent, respectively, from the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation recorded reductions of $170,000 in depreciation

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

expense, and $62,000 in real estate taxes, largely associated with the Corporation’s former operations facility somewhat offset by an increase of $42,000 in building and equipment maintenance expense. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation recorded reductions of $273,000 in depreciation expense, $251,000 in building and equipment maintenance expense and $98,000 in real estate taxes, largely associated with the Corporation’s former operations facility. The decreases reflect the full year impact of expense reductions pertaining to the Corporation’s former operations facility that resulted from vacating and eliminating the facility during the first quarter of 2010.

In 2011 the FDIC adopted a revised assessment schedule based on Total Assets less Tier 1 Capital and dropped the assessment rate to compensate for increasing the new base. FDIC insurance expense in 2011 was approximately $414,000 less than the 2010 expense. In May 2009, the FDIC adopted a final special assessment rule that assessed the banking industry 5 basis points on total assets less Tier I capital. The Corporation was required to accrue the charge during the second quarter of 2009, which amounted to approximately $630,000, even though the FDIC collected the fee at the end of the third quarter when the regular quarterly assessments for the second were collected. Additionally, in December 2008, the FDIC adopted a final rule increasing the risk-based assessment rates beginning in the first quarter of 2009. As a result of these actions, FDIC insurance expense increased $71,000 for 2010 compared to 2009.

Professional and consulting expense for 2011 increased $35,000 due to compliance and legal loan workout issues. Such expenses increased in 2010 from 2009 primarily due to compliance and legal loan workout issues.

Stationery and printing expenses for 2011 increased $53,000 or 16.5 percent, compared to 2010, due primarily to costs related to marketing of new bank products. The decrease in such expenses of $23,000 or 6.78 percent in 2010 from 2009 reflected better cost containment measures relating to stationery and printing materials

Marketing and advertising expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased $137,000, or 51.1 percent, from the comparable twelve-month period in 2010, primarily due to lower expense outlays for media. These expenses decreased $98,000 or 26.78 percent in 2010 compared with 2009 primarily due to lower expense outlays for media.

Computer expense decreased $54,000 during 2011 compared to 2010 and increased $402,000 in 2010 compared to 2009, due primarily to fees paid to the Corporation’s outsourced information technology service provider. This strategic outsourcing arrangement has significantly improved operating efficiencies and reduced overhead, primarily in salaries and benefits.

OREO expense for 2011 increased by $114,000 over 2010 due primarily to an increased level of OREO properties.

Other expense increased in 2011 by approximately $241,000 or 6.6 percent compared to 2010 mainly due to a $287,000 loss related to tax certificates acquired to protect the bank’s interest in property subsequently assigned to Highlands State Bank. Other expense increased in 2010 by $1.3 million or 38.64 percent, compared to 2009, mainly due to a one-time termination fee of $594,000 in the first quarter of 2010 on a structured securities repurchase agreement and a $437,000 loss on fixed assets which was recorded in the second quarter of 2010. Amortization of core deposit intangibles accounted for $57,000 and $70,000 of other expense for the years 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Provision for Income Taxes

The Corporation recorded income tax expense of $7.4 million in 2011 compared to $222,000 in 2010 and $946,000 in 2009. The reduction in 2010 resulted from the liquidation of certain subsidiaries as part of a business entity restructuring. The effective tax rates for the Corporation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were 34.7 percent, 3.1 percent and 20.1 percent, respectively. The Corporation adjusts its expected annual tax rate on a quarterly basis based on the current projections of non-deductible expenses, tax-exempt interest income, increase in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance and pre-tax net earnings. For a more detailed description of income taxes see Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tax-exempt interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis increased by $2.24 million, or 673.6 percent, from 2010 to 2011, and decreased by $1.2 million, or 77.8 percent, from 2009 to 2010. The Corporation recorded income related to the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance as a component of other income in the amount of $1,038,000, $1,226,000 and $1,156,000 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements discusses new accounting policies recently issued or proposed but not yet required to be adopted. To the extent the adoption of new accounting standards materially affects financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity, the impacts are discussed in the applicable sections of the financial review and notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” ASU No. 2011-03 modifies the criteria for determining when repurchase agreements would be accounted for as a secured borrowing rather than as a sale. Currently, an entity that maintains effective control over transferred financial assets must account for the transfer as a secured borrowing rather than as a sale. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-03 removes from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. The FASB believes that contractual rights and obligations determine effective control and that there does not need to be a requirement to assess the ability to exercise those rights. ASU No. 2011-03 does not change the other existing criteria used in the assessment of effective control. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-03 are effective prospectively for transactions, or modifications of existing transactions, that occur on or after January 1, 2012. As the Corporation accounts for all of its repurchase agreements as collateralized financing arrangements, the adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s statements of income and condition.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU No. 2011-04 results in a consistent definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure about fair value between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The changes to U.S. GAAP as a result of ASU No. 2011-04 are as follows: (1) The concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise are only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets (that is, it does not apply to financial assets or any liabilities); (2) U.S. GAAP currently prohibits application of a blockage factor in valuing financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets; ASU No. 2011-04 extends that prohibition to all fair value measurements; (3) An exception is provided to the basic fair value measurement principles for an entity that holds a group of financial assets and financial liabilities with offsetting positions in market risks or counterparty credit risk that are managed on the basis of the entity’s net exposure to either of those risks; this exception allows the entity, if certain criteria are met, to measure the fair value of the net asset or liability position in a manner consistent with how market participants would price the net risk position; (4) Aligns the fair value measurement of instruments classified within an entity’s shareholders’ equity with the guidance for liabilities; and (5) Disclosure requirements have been enhanced for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements to disclose quantitative information about unobservable inputs and assumptions used, to describe the valuation processes used by the entity, and to describe the sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs. In addition, entities must report the level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of condition but whose fair value must be disclosed. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 are effective for the Corporation’s interim reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s statements of income or statements of condition.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-05 allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The statement(s) are required to be presented with equal prominence as the other

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

primary financial statements. ASU No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity but does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-05 are effective for the Corporation’s interim reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with retrospective application required. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-05 is expected to result in presentation changes to the Corporation’s statements of income and the addition of a statement of comprehensive income. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-05 will have no impact on the Corporation’s statements of condition.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment”, which permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further impairment testing is required. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-08 are effective for the Corporation’s interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, provided that the entity has not yet performed its annual impairment test for goodwill. The Corporation performs its annual impairment test for goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-08 is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s statements of income and statements of condition.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05. The Update defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. The deferral comes after stakeholders recently raised concerns that the new presentation requirements about the reclassification of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income would be costly for preparers and add unnecessary complexity to financial statements. As a result of the concerns, the FASB decided to reconsider whether it is necessary to require companies to present reclassification adjustments, by component, in both the statement where net income is presented and the statement where other comprehensive income is presented for both interim and annual financial statements. The FASB did not defer the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, financial statements.

In November 2008, the SEC released a proposed roadmap regarding the potential use by U.S. issuers of financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS is a comprehensive series of accounting standards published by the International Accounting Standards Board. Under the proposed roadmap, the Company may be required to prepare financial statements in accordance with IFRS as early as 2014. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this potential change would have on its consolidated financial statements, and it will continue to monitor the development of the potential implementation of IFRS.

Asset and Liability Management

Asset and liability management encompasses an analysis of market risk, the control of interest rate risk (interest sensitivity management) and the ongoing maintenance and planning of liquidity and capital. The composition of the Corporation’s statement of condition is planned and monitored by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). In general, management’s objective is to optimize net interest income and minimize market risk and interest rate risk by monitoring these components of the statement of condition.

Short-term interest rate exposure analysis is supplemented with an interest sensitivity gap model. The Corporation utilizes interest sensitivity analysis to measure the responsiveness of net interest income to changes in interest rate levels. Interest rate risk arises when an earning asset matures or when its interest rate changes in a time period different than that of a supporting interest-bearing liability, or when an interest-bearing liability matures or when its interest rate changes in a time period different than that of an

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

earning asset that it supports. While the Corporation matches only a small portion of specific assets and liabilities, total earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are grouped to determine the overall interest rate risk within a number of specific time frames.

The difference between interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities is referred to as the interest sensitivity gap. At any given point in time, the Corporation may be in an asset-sensitive position, whereby its interest-sensitive assets exceed its interest-sensitive liabilities, or in a liability-sensitive position, whereby its interest-sensitive liabilities exceed its interest-sensitive assets, depending in part on management’s judgment as to projected interest rate trends

The Corporation’s rate sensitivity position in each time frame may be expressed as assets less liabilities, as liabilities less assets, or as the ratio between rate sensitive assets (“RSA”) and rate sensitive liabilities (“RSL”). For example, a short funded position (liabilities repricing before assets) would be expressed as a net negative position, when period gaps are computed by subtracting repricing liabilities from repricing assets. When using the ratio method, a RSA/RSL ratio of 1 indicates a balanced position, a ratio greater than 1 indicates an asset sensitive position and a ratio less than 1 indicates a liability sensitive position.

A negative gap and/or a rate sensitivity ratio less than 1, tends to expand net interest margins in a falling rate environment and to reduce net interest margins in a rising rate environment. Conversely, when a positive gap occurs, generally margins expand in a rising rate environment and contract in a falling rate environment. From time to time, the Corporation may elect to deliberately mismatch liabilities and assets in a strategic gap position.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation reflected a positive interest sensitivity gap (or an interest sensitivity ratio of (1:34 to 1.00) at the cumulative one-year position. Based on management’s perception that interest rates will continue to be volatile, projected increased levels of prepayments on the earning asset portfolio and the current level of interest rates, emphasis has been, and is expected to continue to be, placed on interest-sensitivity matching with the objective of continuing to stabilize the net interest spread and margin during 2012. However, no assurance can be given that this objective will be met.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table depicts the Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity position at December 31, 2011:

                 
                 
  Expected Maturity/Principal Repayment December 31,
     Average
Interest
Rate
  Year
End
2012
  Year
End
2013
  Year
End
2014
  Year
End
2015
  Year
End
2016
  2017
and
Thereafter
  Total
Balance
  Estimated
Fair
Value
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets:
                                                                                
Loans, net     5.09 %    $ 306,816     $ 144,767     $ 90,972     $ 53,551     $ 57,210     $ 93,092     $ 746,408     $ 752,252  
Investments     3.39 %      106,160       43,114       26,052       38,041       57,161       216,212       486,740       489,429  
Total interest-earning assets         $ 412,976     $ 187,881     $ 117,024     $ 91,592     $ 114,371     $ 309,304     $ 1,233,148     $ 1,241,681  
Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
                                                                                
Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater     0.79 %    $ 109,121     $ 15,366     $ 3,861     $ 1,643     $ 8,007     $     $ 137,998     $ 119,932  
Time certificates of deposit of less than $100,000     1.74 %      46,126       6,623       3,379       456       1             56,585       49,177  
Other interest-bearing deposits     0.50 %      148,110       148,110       129,258       110,405       68,382       155,403       759,668       759,668  
Subordinated debentures     3.10 %      5,155                                     5,155       5,159  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Fed Funds Purchased     5.31 %                        10,000             31,000       41,000       44,803  
Term borrowings     3.46 %            5,000                   20,000       95,000       120,000       131,130  
Total interest-bearing liabilities         $ 308,512     $ 175,099     $ 136,498     $ 122,504     $ 96,390     $ 281,403     $ 1,120,406     $ 1,109,869  
Cumulative interest-earning assets            $ 412,976     $ 600,857     $ 717,881     $ 809,473     $ 923,844     $ 1,233,148     $ 1,233,148           
Cumulative interest-bearing liabilities              308,512       483,611       620,109       742,613       839,003       1,120,406       1,120,406           
Rate sensitivity gap              104,464       12,782       (19,474 )      (30,912 )      17,981       27,901       112,742           
Cumulative rate sensitivity gap              104,464       117,246       97,772       66,860       84,841       112,742       112,742           
Cumulative gap ratio              1.34 %      1.24 %      1.16 %      1.09 %      1.10 %      1.10 %      1.10 %          

Estimates of Fair Value

The estimation of fair value is significant to a number of the Corporation’s assets, including loans held for sale, and available-for-sale investment securities. These are all recorded at either fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. Fair values are volatile and may be influenced by a number of factors. Circumstances that could cause estimates of the fair value of certain assets and liabilities to change include a change in prepayment speeds, expected cash flows, credit quality, discount rates, or market interest rates. Fair values for most available for sale investment securities are based on quoted market prices. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic condition risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.

These estimates are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and notes thereto presented elsewhere herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the operations; unlike most industrial companies, nearly all of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities are monetary. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity

The liquidity position of the Corporation is dependent on successful management of its assets and liabilities so as to meet the needs of both deposit and credit customers. Liquidity needs arise principally to accommodate possible deposit outflows and to meet customers’ requests for loans. Scheduled principal loan repayments, maturing investments, short-term liquid assets and deposit in-flows, can satisfy such needs. The objective of liquidity management is to enable the Corporation to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet its obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Management monitors current and projected cash flows, and adjusts positions as necessary to maintain adequate levels of liquidity. By using a variety of potential funding sources and staggering maturities, the risk of potential funding pressure is reduced. Management also maintains a detailed liquidity contingency plan designed to respond adequately to situations which could lead to liquidity concerns.

Management believes that the Corporation has the funding capacity to meet the liquidity needs arising from potential events. In addition to pledgeable securities, the Corporation also maintains borrowing capacity through the Federal Discount Window and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York secured with loans and marketable securities.

Liquidity is measured and monitored for the Bank. The Corporation reviews its net short-term mismatch. This measures the ability of the Corporation to meet obligations should access to Bank dividends be constrained. At December 31, 2011, the Parent Corporation had $2.0 million in cash and short-term investments compared to $4.6 million at December 31, 2010. Expenses at the Parent Corporation are moderate and management believes that the Parent Corporation has adequate liquidity to fund its obligations.

Certain provisions of long-term debt agreements, primarily subordinated debt, prevent the Corporation from creating liens on, disposing of or issuing voting stock of subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation was in compliance with all covenants and provisions of these agreements.

Management monitors current and projected cash flows, and adjusts positions as necessary to maintain adequate levels of liquidity. By using a variety of potential funding sources and staggering maturities, the risk of potential funding pressure is somewhat reduced. Management also maintains a detailed liquidity contingency plan designed to adequately respond to situations which could lead to liquidity concerns.

Based on anticipated cash flows at December 31, 2011 projected to December 31, 2012, the Corporation believes that the Bank’s liquidity should remain strong, with an approximate projection of $149.4 million in anticipated net cash flows over the next twelve months. This projection represents a forward-looking statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from this projection depending upon a number of factors, including the liquidity needs of the Bank’s customers, the availability of sources of liquidity and general economic conditions.

On September 30, 2009, the FDIC proposed a rule that required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly assessments through December 31, 2012 to strengthen the cash position of the Deposit Insurance Fund. The cash prepayment was made on December 30, 2009 and amounted to approximately $5.7 million, which included the 2009 fourth quarter assessment. The prepayment did not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s future cash position or operations.

Deposits

Total deposits increased to $1.121 billion at December 31, 2011 from $860.3 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $261.1 million, or 30.3 percent.

Total non-interest-bearing deposits increased to $167.2 million at December 31, 2011 from $144.2 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of $23.0 million or 15.9 percent. Time, savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts increased to $954.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $716.1 million on December 31, 2010, an increase of $238.1 million or 33.3 percent. These increases were attributable to continued core deposit growth in overall segments of the deposits base and in niche areas, such as municipal government, private schools and universities.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certificates of deposit $100,000 and over decreased to 12.3 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2011 from 13.9 percent one year earlier. With the current turmoil in the financial markets, some of the Corporation’s depositors have become sensitive to obtaining full FDIC insurance for their time deposits. To accommodate its customers, the Corporation began offering Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) in 2008. As a result of this offering and the increase in insurance coverage by the FDIC to $250,000, the Corporation reported an increase of $18.3 million in certificates of deposit greater than $100,000 at December 31, 2011 compared to year-end 2010. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation had a total of $58.9 million with a weighted average rate of 0.70 percent in CDARS Reciprocal deposits compared to $83.0 million with a weighted average rate of 0.77 percent at December 31, 2010. Based on the Bank’s participation in Promontory Interfinancial Network, LLC., customers who are FDIC insurance sensitive are able to place large dollar deposits with the Corporation and the Corporation uses CDARS to place those funds into certificates of deposit issued by other banks in the Network. This occurs in increments of less than the FDIC insurance limits so that both the principal and interest are eligible for complete FDIC protection. The FDIC currently considers these funds as brokered deposits. All brokered deposits are classified in time deposits. It became apparent during the latter half of 2008 that customers’ preference in seeking safety and more liquidity became paramount in light of the financial crisis, as customers sought full FDIC insured bank products as a safe haven.

The Corporation derives a significant proportion of its liquidity from its core deposit base. For the year ended December 31, 2011, core deposits, comprised of total demand deposits, savings deposits and money market accounts, increased by $248.6 million or 36.2 percent from December 31, 2010 to $934.9 million at December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, core deposits were 83.4 percent of total deposits compared to 79.8 percent at year-end 2010. Alternatively, the Corporation uses a more stringent calculation for the management of its liquidity positions internally which consists of total demand and savings accounts (excluding money market accounts greater than $100,000) and excludes time deposits as part of core deposits as a percentage of total deposits. This number increased by $193.0 million or 40.6 percent from December 31, 2010 to $668.1 million and represented 59.6 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2011 as compared with 55.2 percent at December 31, 2010. The Corporation expects its deposit gathering efforts to remain strong, supported in part by the FDIC’s temporarily raising the deposit insurance limits. The Corporation was a participant in the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Under this program, all non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts were fully guaranteed by the FDIC, regardless of dollar amount, through June 30, 2010.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. One of the provisions of this act permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2013.

The following table depicts the Corporation’s more stringent core deposit mix at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

         
  December 31,   Net Change
Volume
2011 vs. 2010
     2011   2010
     Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Demand Deposits   $ 167,164       25.0 %    $ 144,210       30.4 %    $ 22,954  
Interest-Bearing Demand     215,523       32.3       186,509       39.2       29,014  
Regular Savings     135,703       20.3       112,305       23.6       23,398  
Money Market Deposits under $100     149,760       22.4       32,105       6.8       117,655  
Total core deposits   $ 668,150       100.0 %    $ 475,129       100.0 %    $ 193,021  
Total deposits   $ 1,121,415              $ 860,332              $ 261,083  
Core deposits to total deposits     59.58 %               55.23 %                   

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings can be used to satisfy daily funding needs. Balances in those accounts fluctuate on a day-to-day basis. The Corporation’s principal short-term funding sources are Federal Funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Short-term borrowings, including Federal Funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, amounted to $0 at year-end 2011, a decrease of $41.9 million or 100 percent from year-end 2010. During the third quarter of 2011 certain sweep relationships, in the amount of approximately $37 million, that were previously classified as short term borrowings were discontinued and were moved to interest bearing checking accounts.

The following table is a summary of short-term securities sold under repurchase agreements, including Federal Funds purchased, for each of the last three years.

     
  December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Short-term securities sold under repurchase agreements,
including Federal Funds purchased:
                          
Average interest rate:
                          
At year end     %      0.27 %      0.97 % 
For the year     0.27 %      0.50 %      1.38 % 
Average amount outstanding during the year   $ 29,288     $ 42,608     $ 35,392  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end   $ 71,732     $ 54,855     $ 58,515  
Amount outstanding at year end   $     $ 41,855     $ 46,109  
 

Long-Term Borrowings

Long-term borrowings consist of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase that have contractual maturities over one year. Long-term borrowings amounted to $161.0 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $10.0 million or 5.85 percent, from year-end 2010 as the Corporation decided to concentrate its efforts on increasing the core deposit base of the Bank rather than replacing those borrowings.

Cash Flows

The consolidated statements of cash flows present the changes in cash and cash equivalents from operating, investing and financing activities. During 2011, cash and cash equivalents (which increased overall by $73.6 million) were provided on a net basis by operating activities and financing activities, and used on a net basis by investing activities. With respect to the cash flows from financing activities, net increases in deposits and SBLF proceeds were offset by reductions in borrowings and the Corporation’s dividend payments.

During 2010, cash and cash equivalents (which decreased overall by $51.7 million) were provided on a net basis by operating activities and used on a net basis by investing activities and financing activities. With respect to the cash flows from financing activities, a net increase in deposits and proceeds from a stock offering were partially offset by a reduction in borrowings and the Corporation’s dividend payments.

During 2009, cash and cash equivalents (which increased overall by $74.1 million) were provided on a net basis by operating activities and financing activities and used on a net basis by investing activities. With respect to cash flows from financing activities, a $172.3 million increase in cash resulted from a substantial net increase in deposits as well as from the proceeds of our TARP participation and rights offering.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes contractual obligations at December 31, 2011 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

         
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 – 3 Years   4 – 5 Years   After
5 Years
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Contractual Obligations
                                            
Operating lease obligations   $ 6,515     $ 625     $ 1,033     $ 946     $ 3,911  
Total contracted cost obligations   $ 6,515     $ 625     $ 1,033     $ 946     $ 3,911  
Other Long-term Liabilities/
Long-term Debt
                                            
Time Deposits   $ 194,583     $ 155,247     $ 29,229     $ 10,107     $  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and repurchase agreements     161,000             5,000       30,000       126,000  
Subordinated debentures     5,155                         5,155  
Total Other Long-term Liabilities/Long-term Debt   $ 360,738     $ 155,247     $ 34,229     $ 40,107     $ 131,155  
Other Commercial Commitments – Off Balance Sheet
                                            
Commitments under commercial loans and lines of credit   $ 90,866     $ 90,866     $     $     $  
Home equity and other revolving lines of credit     49,203       49,203                    
Outstanding commercial mortgage loan commitments     32,938       29,733       3,205              
Standby letters of credit     1,800       1,800                    
Performance letters of credit     20,482       20,482                    
Overdraft protection lines     5,850       5,850                    
Total off balance sheet arrangements and contractual obligations   $ 201,139     $ 197,934     $ 3,205     $     $  
Total contractual obligations and other commitments   $ 568,392     $ 353,806     $ 38,467     $ 41,053     $ 135,066  

The Stockholders’ Equity

Stockholders’ equity amounted to $135.9 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $14.9 million or 12.4 percent, compared to year-end 2010. At December 31, 2010, stockholders’ equity totaled $121.0 million, an increase of $19.2 million or 18.9 percent from December 31, 2009.

On September 15, 2011, the Corporation issued $11.25 million in nonvoting senior preferred stock to the Treasury under the Small Business Lending Fund Program. Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Corporation issued to the Treasury a total of 11,250 shares of the Corporation’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. Simultaneously, using the proceeds from the issuance of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Corporation redeemed from the Treasury, all 10,000 outstanding shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation amount $1,000 per share, for a redemption price of $10,041,667, including accrued but unpaid dividends up to the date of redemption. The investment in the SBLF program provided the Corporation with approximately $1.25 million additional Tier 1 capital. The capital received under the program will allow the Corporation to continue to serve its small business clients through the commercial lending program.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On December 7, 2011, the Corporation repurchased the warrants issued on January 12, 2009 to the U.S. Treasury as part of its participation in the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program. In the repurchase, the Corporation paid the U.S. Treasury $245,000 for the warrants.

In September 2010, the Corporation sold an aggregate of 1,715,000 shares of its common stock under its previously filed shelf registration statement. The Corporation sold 1,430,000 shares of common stock at a price of $7.00 per share, with underwriting discounts and commissions of $0.39 per share, for gross proceeds from this offering of $10,010,000. The Corporation also sold 285,000 shares of common stock directly to certain of its directors at a price of $7.50 per share, for gross proceeds from this offering of $2,137,500. Net proceeds from both offerings totaled $11,378,000 after underwriting discounts and commissions of $557,000 and offering expenses of approximately $213,000 (which consisted primarily of legal and accounting fees).

Book value per share at year-end 2011 was $7.63 compared to $6.83 at year-end 2010. Tangible book value at year-end 2011 was $6.60 compared to $5.79 at year end 2010; see Item 6 for a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to book value.

During 2011, the Corporation made no purchases of common stock. At December 31, 2011, there were 652,868 shares available for repurchase under the Corporation’s stock buyback program.

Capital

The maintenance of a solid capital foundation continues to be a primary goal for the Corporation. Accordingly, capital plans and dividend policies are monitored on an ongoing basis. The most important objective of the capital planning process is to balance effectively the retention of capital to support future growth and the goal of providing stockholders with an attractive long-term return on their investment.

Risk-Based Capital/Leverage

The Tier I leverage capital (defined as tangible stockholders’ equity for common stock and Trust Preferred Capital Securities) at December 31, 2011 amounted to $129.4 million or 9.29 percent of average total assets. At December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s Tier I leverage capital amounted to $116.6 million or 9.90 percent of average total assets. Tier I capital excludes the effect of FASB ASC 320-10-05, which amounted to $2.0 million of net unrealized losses, after tax, on securities available-for-sale (reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income which is included in stockholders’ equity), and is reduced by goodwill and intangible assets of $16.9 million as of December 31, 2011. For information on goodwill and intangible assets, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

United States bank regulators have issued guidelines establishing minimum capital standards related to the level of assets and off balance-sheet exposures adjusted for credit risk. Specifically, these guidelines categorize assets and off balance-sheet items into four risk-weightings and require banking institutions to maintain a minimum ratio of capital to risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s Tier I and total risk-based capital ratios were 12.00 percent and 12.89 percent, respectively. For information on risk-based capital and regulatory guidelines for the Parent Corporation and its bank subsidiary, see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the bank regulators regarding capital components, risk weightings and other factors. The OCC established higher minimum capital ratios for the Bank effective as of December 31, 2009: Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital of 10 percent, Total Risk-Based Capital of 12 percent and Tier 1 Leverage Capital of 8 percent. As of December 31, 2011, management believes that each of the Bank and the Parent Corporation meet all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Under a Memorandum of Understanding that was terminated by the OCC during 2011, the Bank agreed to develop a three year capital program, which will include specific plans for the maintenance of adequate capital and the strengthening of the Bank’s capital structure to meet current and future needs.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subordinated Debentures

On December 19, 2003, Center Bancorp Statutory Trust II, a statutory business trust and wholly-owned subsidiary of Center Bancorp, Inc., issued $5.0 million of, MMCapS capital securities to investors due on January 23, 2034. The capital securities presently qualify as Tier I capital. The trust loaned the proceeds of this offering to the Corporation and received in exchange $5.2 million of the Parent Corporation’s subordinated debentures. The subordinated debentures are redeemable in whole or in part prior to maturity. The floating interest rate on the subordinate debentures is three-month LIBOR plus 2.85 percent and reprices quarterly. The rate at December 31, 2011 was 3.43 percent.

The additional capital raised with respect to the issuance of the floating rate capital pass-through securities was used to bolster the Corporation’s capital and for general corporate purposes, including capital contributions to Union Center National Bank. Additional information regarding the capital treatment of these securities is contained in Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Looking Forward

One of the Corporation’s primary objectives is to achieve balanced asset and revenue growth, and at the same time expand market presence and diversify its financial products. However, it is recognized that objectives, no matter how focused, are subject to factors beyond the control of the Corporation, which can impede its ability to achieve these goals. The following factors should be considered when evaluating the Corporation’s ability to achieve its objectives:

The financial market place is rapidly changing. Banks are no longer the only place to obtain loans, nor the only place to keep financial assets. The banking industry has lost market share to other financial service providers. The future is predicated on the Corporation’s ability to adapt its products, provide superior customer service and compete in an ever-changing marketplace. Net interest income, the primary source of earnings, is impacted favorably or unfavorably by changes in interest rates. Although the impact of interest rate fluctuations is mitigated by ALCO strategies, significant changes in interest rates can have a material adverse impact on profitability.

The ability of customers to repay their obligations is often impacted by changes in the regional and local economy. Although the Corporation sets aside loan loss provisions toward the allowance for loan losses when management determines such action to be appropriate, significant unfavorable changes in the economy could impact the assumptions used in the determination of the adequacy of the allowance.

Technological changes will have a material impact on how financial service companies compete for and deliver services. It is recognized that these changes will have a direct impact on how the marketplace is approached and ultimately on profitability. The Corporation has taken steps to improve its traditional delivery channels. However, continued success will likely be measured by the ability to anticipate and react to future technological changes.

This “Looking Forward” description constitutes a forward-looking statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the Corporation’s forward-looking statements due to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including the factors referred to above, in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10K and in other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10K.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Sensitivity

Market Risk

The Corporation’s profitability is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. A sudden and substantial increase or decrease in interest rates may adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings to the extent that the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not similarly adjust. The Corporation’s primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on the Corporation’s net interest income and capital, while structuring the Corporation’s asset-liability structure to obtain the maximum yield-cost spread on that structure. The Corporation relies primarily on its asset-liability structure to control interest rate risk. The Corporation continually evaluates interest rate risk management opportunities, including the use of derivative financial instruments. The management of the Corporation believes that hedging instruments currently available are not cost-effective, and, therefore, has focused its efforts on increasing the Corporation’s yield-cost spread through wholesale and retail growth opportunities.

The Corporation monitors the impact of changes in interest rates on its net interest income using several tools. One measure of the Corporation’s exposure to differential changes in interest rates between assets and liabilities is the Corporation’s analysis of its interest rate sensitivity. This test measures the impact on net interest income or net portfolio value of an immediate change in interest rates in 100 basis point increments. Net portfolio value is defined as the net present value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.

The primary tool used by management to measure and manage interest rate exposure is a simulation model. Use of the model to perform simulations reflecting changes in interest rates over one and two-year time horizons has enabled management to develop and initiate strategies for managing exposure to interest rate risk. In its simulations, management estimates the impact on net interest income of various changes in interest rates. Projected net interest income sensitivity to movements in interest rates is modeled based on both an immediate rise and fall in interest rates (“rate shock”), as well as gradual changes in interest rates over a twelve-month time period. The model is based on the actual maturity and repricing characteristics of interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities. The model incorporates assumptions regarding earning asset and deposit growth, prepayments, interest rates and other factors.

Management believes that both individually and taken together, these assumptions are reasonable, but the complexity of the simulation modeling process results in a sophisticated estimate, not an absolutely precise calculation of exposure. For example, estimates of future cash flows must be made for instruments without contractual maturity or payment schedules.

Based on the results of the interest simulation model as of December 31, 2011, and assuming that management does not take action to alter the outcome, the Corporation would expect an increase of 1.71 and 1.89 percent in net interest income if interest rates increased by 200 and 300 basis points, respectively, from current rates in a gradual and parallel rate ramp over a twelve month period. As market rates declined to historic lows at December 31, 2011, the Corporation did not feel that modeling a down rate scenario was realistic in the current environment.

The declining rates and steepening of the yield curve during both 2011 and 2010 affected net interest margins. Based on management’s perception that interest rates will continue to be volatile, projected increased levels of prepayments on the earning-asset portfolio and the current level of interest rates, emphasis has been, and is expected to continue to be, placed on interest-sensitivity matching with the objective of stabilizing the net interest spread during 2012. However, no assurance can be given that this objective will be met.

Equity Price Risk

The Corporation is also exposed to equity price risk inherent in its portfolio of publicly traded equity securities, which had a fair value of $262,000 at December 31, 2011 and $300,000 at December 31, 2010. The Corporation monitors its equity investments for impairment on a periodic basis. In the event that the carrying value of the equity investment exceeds its fair value, and the Corporation determines the decline in value to be other than temporary, the Corporation reduces the carrying value to its current fair value. During 2011 and 2010, the Corporation did not record any of other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to equity holdings in bank stocks. The remaining securities in the equity portfolio were mutual funds and money market funds.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

All Financial Statements:

The following financial statements are filed as part of this report under Item 8 — “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Center Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Center Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Corporation”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. Center Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Center Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Center Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 13, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ ParenteBeard LLC
  
ParenteBeard LLC
Clark, New Jersey
March 13, 2012

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

   
  December 31,
     2011   2010
     (In Thousands, Except Share Data)
ASSETS
                 
Cash and due from banks   $ 111,101     $ 37,497  
Securities available-for-sale     414,507       378,080  
Securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $74,922 and $0)     72,233        
Loans     756,010       708,444  
Less: Allowance for loan losses     9,602       8,867  
Net loans     746,408       699,577  
Restricted investment in bank stocks, at cost     9,233       9,596  
Premises and equipment, net     12,327       12,937  
Accrued interest receivable     6,219       4,134  
Bank owned life insurance     28,943       27,905  
Goodwill and other intangible assets     16,902       16,959  
Prepaid FDIC assessment     1,884       3,582  
Other real estate owned     591        
Other assets     12,390       17,118  
Total assets   $ 1,432,738     $ 1,207,385  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Deposits:
                 
Non-interest-bearing   $ 167,164     $ 144,210  
Interest-bearing:
                 
Time deposits $100 and over     137,998       119,651  
Interest-bearing transaction, savings and time deposits less than $100     816,253       596,471  
Total deposits     1,121,415       860,332  
Short-term borrowings           41,855  
Long-term borrowings     161,000       171,000  
Subordinated debentures     5,155       5,155  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     9,252       8,086  
Total liabilities     1,296,822       1,086,428  
Stockholders’ Equity
                 
Preferred Stock, $1,000 liquidation value per share:
                 
Authorized 5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 11,250 shares of Series B preferred stock at December 31, 2011 and 10,000 shares of Series A preferred stock at December 31, 2010     11,250       9,700  
Common stock, no par value:
                 
Authorized 25,000,000 shares; issued 18,477,412 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2010; outstanding 16,332,327 shares at December 31, 2011 and 16,289,832 at December 31, 2010     110,056       110,056  
Additional paid-in capital     4,715       4,941  
Retained earnings     32,695       21,633  
Treasury stock, at cost (2,145,085 shares at December 31, 2011 and 2,187,580 at December 31, 2010)     (17,354 )      (17,698 ) 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (5,446 )      (7,675 ) 
Total stockholders’ equity     135,916       120,957  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 1,432,738     $ 1,207,385  

 
 
See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

     
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Data)
Interest income:
                          
Interest and fees on loans   $ 36,320     $ 37,200     $ 36,751  
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
                          
Taxable interest income     13,278       10,588       12,727  
Non-taxable interest income     1,700       220       989  
Dividends     629       706       643  
Total interest income     51,927       48,714       51,110  
Interest expense:
                          
Interest on certificates of deposit $100 & over     1,215       1,301       3,551  
Interest on other deposits     4,305       4,705       8,757  
Interest on short-term borrowings     79       211       449  
Interest on long-term borrowings     6,578       8,568       9,888  
Total interest expense     12,177       14,785       22,645  
Net interest income     39,750       33,929       28,465  
Provision for loan losses     2,448       5,076       4,597  
Net interest income, after provision for loan losses     37,302       28,853       23,868  
Other income:
                          
Service charges, commissions and fees     1,896       1,975       1,835  
Annuity and insurance     110       123       126  
Bank-owned life insurance     1,038       1,226       1,156  
Other     800       487       298  
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses     (342 )      (8,953 )      (9,066 ) 
Less: Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)           3,377       4,828  
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses     (342 )      (5,576 )      (4,238 ) 
Net gains on sale on investment securities     3,976       4,237       4,729  
Net investment securities gains (losses)     3,634       (1,339 )      491  
Total other income     7,478       2,472       3,906  
Other expense:
                          
Salaries and employee benefits     11,527       10,765       9,915  
Occupancy, net     2,021       2,088       2,536  
Premises and equipment     926       1,093       1,263  
FDIC Insurance     1,712       2,126       2,055  
Professional and consulting     1,156       1,121       811  
Stationery and printing     368       316       339  
Marketing and advertising     131       268       366  
Computer expense     1,312       1,366       964  
Other real estate owned expense, net     398       284       1,438  
Loss on fixed assets, net           427        
Repurchase agreement termination fee           594        
Other     3,892       3,651       3,370  
Total other expense     23,443       24,099       23,057  
Income before income tax expense     21,337       7,226       4,717  
Income tax expense     7,411       222       946  
Net income     13,926       7,004       3,771  
Preferred stock dividends and accretion     820       581       567  
Net income available to common stockholders   $ 13,106     $ 6,423     $ 3,204  
Earnings per common share:
                          
Basic   $ 0.80     $ 0.43     $ 0.24  
Diluted   $ 0.80     $ 0.43     $ 0.24  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                          
Basic     16,295,761       15,025,870       13,382,614  
Diluted     16,314,899       15,027,159       13,385,416  

 
 
See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

             
             
  Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
     Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
     (In Thousands, Except Share and per Share Data)
Balance, December 31, 2008   $     $ 86,908     $ 5,204     $ 16,309     $ (17,796 )    $ (8,912 )    $ 81,713  
Comprehensive income:
                                                              
Net income                                3,771                         3,771  
Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes                                                  (1,864 )      (1,864 ) 
Total comprehensive income                                                           1,907  
Issuance of preferred stock (10,000 shares) and warrants (86,705 shares)     9,539                461                                  10,000  
Accretion of discount on preferred stock     80                         (80 )                         
Dividends on preferred stock                                (487 )                        (487 ) 
Proceeds from rights offering (1,571,428 shares)              11,000                                           11,000  
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.18 per share)                                (2,434 )                        (2,434 ) 
Issuance cost of common stock                                (11 )                        (11 ) 
Exercise of stock options (9,289 shares)                       (19 )               76                57  
Stock-based compensation expense                       77                                  77  
Taxes related to stock-based compensation                       (73 )                                 (73 ) 
Balance, December 31, 2009     9,619       97,908       5,650       17,068       (17,720 )      (10,776 )      101,749  
Comprehensive income:
                                                              
Net income                                7,004                         7,004  
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes                                                  3,101       3,101  
Total comprehensive income                                                           10,105  
Accretion of discount on preferred stock     81                         (81 )                         
Dividends on preferred stock                                (500 )                        (500 ) 
Proceeds from stock offerings (1,715,000 shares)              12,148       (770 )                                 11,378  
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.12 per share)                                (1,852 )                        (1,852 ) 
Issuance cost of common stock                                (6 )                        (6 ) 
Stock awarded                       3                22                25  
Stock-based compensation expense                       51                                  51  
Option related tax trueup                       7                                  7  
Balance, December 31, 2010     9,700       110,056       4,941       21,633       (17,698 )      (7,675 )      120,957  
Comprehensive income:
                                                              
Net income                                13,926                         13,926  
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes                                                  2,229       2,229  
Total comprehensive income                                                           16,155  
Accretion of discount on preferred stock     300                         (300 )                         
Dividends on preferred stock                                (520 )                        (520 ) 
Redemption of series A preferred stock     (10,000 )                                                   (10,000 ) 
Proceeds from issuance of series B preferred stock     11,250                                                    11,250  
Warrant repurchased                       (245 )                                 (245 ) 
Cash dividends declared on common stock ($0.12 per share)                                (1,955 )                        (1,955 ) 
Issuance cost of common stock                                (5 )                        (5 ) 
Issuance cost of series B preferred stock                                (84 )                        (84 ) 
Exercise of stock options (42,495 shares)                       (16 )               344                328  
Stock-based compensation expense                       35                                  35  
Balance, December 31, 2011   $ 11,250     $ 110,056     $ 4,715     $ 32,695     $ (17,354 )    $ (5,446 )    $ 135,916  

 
 
See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                          
Net income   $ 13,926     $ 7,004     $ 3,771  
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
                          
Depreciation and amortization     983       1,165       1,451  
Provision for loan losses     2,448       5,076       4,597  
Provision for deferred taxes     3,406       51       819  
Stock-based compensation expense     35       51       77  
Net other-than-temporary impairment losses     342       5,576       4,238  
Net gains on sales of available-for-sale securities     (3,976 )      (4,237 )      (4,729 ) 
Net gains on sales of loans held for sale     (251 )      (140 )      (5 ) 
Net loans originated for sale     (14,357 )      (8,347 )      (3,453 ) 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale     13,923       8,154       3,458  
Net loss on disposition of premises and equipment           427        
Net loss on sales of other real estate owned     5       207       905  
Life insurance death benefit                 (136 ) 
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     (1,038 )      (1,226 )      (1,020 ) 
Net amortization of securities     4,012       2,979       793  
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable     (2,085 )      (101 )      121  
Decrease in prepaid FDIC insurance assessment     1,698       1,792        
(Increase) decrease in other assets     (402 )      1,642       (1,732 ) 
Decrease in other liabilities     (585 )      (2,426 )      (480 ) 
Net cash provided by operating activities     18,084       17,647       8,675  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                          
Investment securities available-for-sale:
                          
Purchases     (400,644 )      (791,156 )      (785,044 ) 
Sales     254,821       644,075       665,828  
Maturities, calls and principal repayment     48,029       67,960       58,206  
Investment securities held-to-maturity:
                          
Purchases     (13,118 )             
Maturities and principal repayment     7,475              
Net redemption (purchases) of restricted investment in bank stock     363       1,076       (442 ) 
Net (increase) decrease in loans     (49,223 )      8,348       (45,543 ) 
Purchases of premises and equipment     (316 )      (300 )      (742 ) 
Purchase of bank-owned life insurance           (6,000 )      (2,475 ) 
Redemption of bank-owned life insurance           5,610        
Proceeds from life insurance death benefits           15       266  
Capital expenditure addition to other real estate owned                 (476 ) 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment           1       1  
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned     33       1,720       3,520  
Net cash used in investing activities     (152,580 )      (68,651 )      (106,901 ) 

 
 
See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS – (continued)

     
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Cash flows from financing activities:
                          
Net increase in deposits     261,083       46,627       154,168  
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings     (41,855 )      (4,254 )      966  
Payments on long-term borrowings     (10,000 )      (52,144 )      (153 ) 
Cash dividends on common stock     (1,955 )      (1,800 )      (3,166 ) 
Cash dividends on preferred stock     (417 )      (500 )      (425 ) 
Proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock     11,250              
Redemption of Series A preferred stock     (10,000 )             
Warrant repurchased     (245 )             
Issuance cost of common stock     (5 )      (6 )      (11 ) 
Issuance cost of Series B preferred stock     (84 )             
Proceeds from issuance of Series A preferred stock and warrants                 10,000  
Proceeds from issuance of shares from stock offering or rights offering           12,148       11,000  
Issuance cost of common stock           (770 )       
Tax expense (benefit) from stock based compensation           7       (73 ) 
Issuance cost of restricted stock award           25        
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     328             57  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     208,100       (667 )      172,363  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     73,604       (51,671 )      74,137  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     37,497       89,168       15,031  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 111,101     $ 37,497     $ 89,168  
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                          
Noncash activities:
                          
Trade date accounting settlement for investments   $     $ 8     $ 1,979  
Transfer of loans to other real estate owned     629       1,927        
Net investment in direct financing lease           3,700        
Transfer from investment securities available-for-sale to investment securities held-to-maturity     66,833              
Cash paid during year for:
                          
Interest paid on deposits and borrowings   $ 12,226     $ 15,569     $ 23,021  
Income taxes     4,484       2,479       344  

 
 
See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of Center Bancorp, Inc. (the “Parent Corporation”) are prepared on the accrual basis and include the accounts of the Parent Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Union Center National Bank (the “Bank”, and collectively with the Parent Corporation and the Parent Corporation’s other direct and indirect subsidiaries, the “Corporation”). All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated from the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Business

The Parent Corporation is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of Union Center National Bank as mentioned above. The Bank provides a full range of banking services to individual and corporate customers through branch locations in Union and Morris counties, New Jersey. Additionally, the Bank originates residential mortgage loans and services such loans for others. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions and the regulations of certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Use of Estimates

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of condition and revenues and expenses for the reported periods. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, other-than-temporary impairment evaluation of securities, the evaluation of the impairment of goodwill, the income tax provision and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

Cash and Due from Banks

Cash and due from banks includes cash on hand and balances due from correspondent banks including the Federal Reserve Bank.

Investment Securities

The Corporation accounts for its investment securities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 320-10-05. Investments are classified into the following categories: (1) held to maturity securities, for which the Corporation has both the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity, which are reported at amortized cost; (2) trading securities, which are purchased and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings; and (3) available-for-sale securities, which do not meet the criteria of the other two categories and which management believes may be sold prior to maturity due to changes in interest rates, prepayment, risk, liquidity or other factors, and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable income taxes, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, which is included in stockholders’ equity and excluded from earnings.

Investment securities are adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, which are recognized on a level yield method, as adjustments to interest income. Investment securities gains or losses are determined using the specific identification method.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Securities are evaluated on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when market conditions warrant such an evaluation, to determine whether a decline in their value is other-than-temporary. In April 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASC 320-10-65, which was adopted as of June 30, 2009. The accounting standard clarifies the interaction of the factors that should be considered when determining whether a debt security is other–than-temporarily impaired. For debt securities, management must assess whether (a) it has the intent to sell the security and (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. These steps are done before assessing whether the entity will recover the cost basis of the investment. Prior to the June 30, 2009 adoption, this assessment required management to assert it has both the intent and the ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery in fair value to avoid recognizing an other-than-temporary impairment. This change does not affect the need to forecast recovery of the value of the security through either cash flows or market price.

In instances when a determination is made that an other-than-temporary impairment exists but the investor does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security prior to its anticipated recovery, FASB ASC 320-10-65 changes the presentation and amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in the income statement. The other-than-temporary impairment is separated into (a) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is recognized through earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to all other factors is recognized through other comprehensive income. Impairment charges on certain investment securities of approximately $0.3 million, $5.6 million and $4.2 million were recognized in earnings during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value or fair value under the fair value option accounting guidance for financial instruments. For loans carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, gains and losses on loan sales (sale proceeds minus carrying value) are recorded in other income and direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in other income upon sale of the loan. The Corporation had $1,018,000 and $333,000 in loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Loans

Loans are stated at their principal amounts inclusive of net deferred loan origination fees. Interest income is credited as earned except when a loan becomes past due 90 days or more and doubt exists as to the ultimate collection of interest or principal; in those cases the recognition of income is discontinued. Loans that are past due 90 days or more that are both well secured and in the process of collection will remain on an accruing basis. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest accruals cease and uncollected accrued interest is reversed and charged against current income.

In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-20 (FASB ASC 310), “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses,” which requires that the Corporation provide a greater level of disaggregated information about the credit quality of the Corporation’s loans and leases and the allowance for loan and lease losses (the “Allowance”). This ASU also requires the Corporation to disclose on a prospective basis, additional information related to credit quality indicators, non-accrual loans and leases, and past due information. The Corporation adopted the provisions of this ASU in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010. As this ASU amends only the disclosure requirements for loans and leases and the Allowance, the adoption had no impact on the Corporation’s statements of income and condition. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the required disclosures.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Portfolio segments are defined as the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine its Allowance. Management has determined that the Corporation has two portfolio segments of loans and leases (commercial and consumer) in determining the Allowance. Both quantitative and qualitative factors are used by management at the portfolio segment level in determining the adequacy of the Allowance for the Corporation. Classes of loans and leases are a disaggregation of a Corporation’s portfolio segments. Classes are defined as a group of loans and leases which share similar initial measurement attributes, risk characteristics, and methods for monitoring and assessing credit risk. Management has determined that the Corporation has five classes of loans and leases (commercial and industrial (including lease financing), commercial — real estate, construction, residential mortgage (including home equity) and installment).

Generally, all classes of commercial and consumer loans and leases are placed on non-accrual status upon becoming contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest (unless loans and leases are adequately secured by collateral, are in the process of collection, and are reasonably expected to result in repayment), when terms are renegotiated below market levels, or where substantial doubt about full repayment of principal or interest is evident. For certain installment loans, the entire outstanding balance on the loan is charged-off when the loan becomes 60 days past due.

Payments received on non-accrual loans are applied against principal. A loan may only be restored to an accruing basis when it again becomes well secured and in the process of collection or all past due amounts have been collected. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the loan as an adjustment to the loan’s yield using the level yield method.

Impaired Loans

The Corporation accounts for impaired loans in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35. The value of an impaired loan is based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or at the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

The Corporation has defined its population of impaired loans to include all non-accrual and troubled debt restructuring loans. As part of the evaluation, the Corporation reviews all non-homogeneous loans for impairment internally classified as substandard or below, in each instance above an established dollar threshold of $200,000. Smaller impaired non-homogeneous loans and impaired homogeneous loans are not measured for specific reserves and are covered under the Corporation’s general reserve.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will not be able to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans include all classes of commercial and consumer non-accruing loans and all loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”).

When a loan has been identified as being impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less any selling costs, if the loan is collateral-dependent. If the measurement of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (including accrued interest, net of deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premiums or discounts), an impairment is recognized by creating or adjusting an existing allocation of the Allowance, or by recording a partial charge-off of the loan to its fair value. Interest payments made on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest income may be accrued or recognized on a cash basis.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Loans Modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring

Loans are considered to have been modified in a TDR when due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Corporation makes certain concessions to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Modifications may include interest rate reductions, principal or interest forgiveness, forbearance, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Generally, a non-accrual loan that has been modified in a TDR remains on non-accrual status for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower is able to meet the terms of the modified loan. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan modification or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains on non-accrual status.

Reserve for Credit Losses

A consequence of lending activities is that the Corporation may incur losses. The amount of such losses will vary depending upon the risk characteristics of the loan and lease portfolio as affected by economic conditions such as rising interest rates and the financial performance of borrowers. The Corporation’s reserve for credit losses is comprised of two components, the allowance for loan losses and the reserve for unfunded commitments (the “Unfunded Commitments”). The reserve for credit losses provides for credit losses inherent in lending or commitments to lend and is based on loss estimates derived from a comprehensive quarterly evaluation, reflecting analyses of individual borrowers and historical loss experience, supplemented as necessary by credit judgment to address observed changes in trends, conditions, and other relevant environmental and economic factors.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) is maintained at a level determined adequate to provide for probable loan losses. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operations and reduced by loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. The allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the loan portfolio considering economic conditions, the volume and nature of the loan portfolio, historical loan loss experience and individual credit situations.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

The ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in the real estate market and economic conditions in the State of New Jersey and the impact of such conditions on the creditworthiness of the borrowers.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. Management uses available information to recognize loan losses; however, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

The reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities and is included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of condition. The determination of the adequacy of the reserve is based upon an evaluation of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of historical commitment utilization experience, and credit risk. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other expense.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost and bank premises and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation based on estimated useful lives of assets, computed principally on a straight-line basis. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred; major renewals and betterments are capitalized. Gains and losses on sales or other dispositions are recorded as a component of other income or other expenses.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation entered into a lease of its former operations facility under a direct financing lease. The lease has a 15 year term with no renewal options. According to the terms of the lease, the lessee has an obligation to purchase the property underlying the lease in either year seven (7), ten (10) or fifteen (15) at predetermined prices for those years as provided in the lease. The structure of the minimum lease payments and the purchase prices as provided in the lease provide an inducement to the lessee to purchase the property in year seven (7).

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (“OREO”), representing property acquired through foreclosure and held for sale, are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequently, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expenses.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Corporation sold one commercial property and one residential property in Union County, New Jersey which were carried as OREO. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the Corporation sold one residential property in Morris County, New Jersey, and one residential property in Union County, New Jersey which were carried as OREO. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation had $591,000 and $0, in OREO, respectively.

Mortgage Servicing

The Corporation performs various servicing functions on loans owned by others. A fee, usually based on a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loan, is received for those services. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation was servicing approximately $8.9 million and $5.3 million, respectively, of loans for others.

The Corporation accounts for its servicing of financial assets in accordance with FASB ASC 860-50. The Corporation originates mortgages under plans to sell those loans and service the loans owned by the investor. The Corporation records mortgage servicing rights and the loans based on relative fair values at the date of sale. The balance of mortgage servicing rights at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are immaterial to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Employee Benefit Plans

The Corporation has a non-contributory pension plan covering all eligible employees up until September 30, 2007, at which time the Corporation froze its defined benefit pension plan. As such, all future benefit accruals in this pension plan were discontinued and all retirement benefits that employees would have earned as of September 30, 2007 were preserved. The Corporation’s policy is to fund at least the minimum contribution required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The costs associated with the plan are accrued based on actuarial assumptions and included in other expense.

The Corporation accounts for its defined benefit pension plan in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30. FASB ASC 715-30 requires that the funded status of defined benefit postretirement plans be recognized on the Corporation’s statement of condition and changes in the funded status be reflected in other comprehensive income. FASB ASC 715-30 also requires companies to measure the funded status of the plan as of the date of its fiscal year-end.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock compensation accounting guidance (FASB ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”) requires that the compensation cost related to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost will be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. The stock compensation accounting guidance covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including stock options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights and employee share purchase plans.

Stock compensation accounting guidance requires that compensation cost for all stock awards be calculated and recognized over the employees’ service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded-vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. A Black-Scholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options while the market price of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion.

Earnings per Share

Basic Earnings per Share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS includes any additional common shares as if all potentially dilutive common shares were issued (e.g. stock options). The Corporation’s weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted EPS include the effect of stock options outstanding using the Treasury Stock Method, which are not included in the calculation of basic EPS.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Earnings per common share have been computed based on the following:

     
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (In Thousands, Except per Share Amounts)
Net income   $ 13,926     $ 7,004     $ 3,771  
Preferred stock dividends and accretion     820       581       567  
Net income available to common stockholders   $ 13,106     $ 6,423     $ 3,204  
Average number of common shares outstanding     16,296       15,026       13,383  
Effect of dilutive options     19       1       2  
Average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per common share     16,315       15,027       13,385  
Earnings per common share:
                          
Basic   $ 0.80     $ 0.43     $ 0.24  
Diluted   $ 0.80     $ 0.43     $ 0.24  

Treasury Stock

The Parent Corporation, under a stock buyback program last amended on June 26, 2008, is authorized to buy back up to 2,039,731 shares of the Parent Corporation’s common stock. Subject to limitations applicable to the Corporation, purchases may be made from time to time as, in the opinion of management, market conditions warrant, in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Shares repurchased will be added to the corporate treasury and will be used for future stock dividends and other issuances. As of December 31, 2011, Center Bancorp had 16.3 million shares of common stock outstanding. As of December 31, 2011, the Parent Corporation had purchased 1,386,863 common shares at an average cost per share of $11.44 under the stock buyback program as amended on October 1, 2007 and June 26, 2008. The repurchased shares were recorded as treasury stock, which resulted in a decrease in stockholders’ equity. Treasury stock is recorded using the cost method and accordingly is presented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Parent Corporation did not purchase any of its shares.

Goodwill

The Corporation adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 350-10 (previously SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”), which requires that goodwill be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise for impairment. No impairment charge was deemed necessary for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Comprehensive Income

Total comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Corporation’s other comprehensive income is comprised of unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available-for-sale and unrecognized actuarial gains and losses of the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plan, net of taxes.

Disclosure of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and presented in detail in Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

The Corporation invests in Bank-Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) to help offset the rising cost of employee benefits. During the 3rd quarter of 2010 the Corporation redeemed BOLI policies for proceeds of $5.6 million and purchased additional BOLI policies of $6.0 million. In conjunction with the redemption, the Corporation recorded a tax expense of $633,000. The change in the cash surrender value of the BOLI is recorded as a component of other income.

Income Taxes

The Corporation recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be settled. Income tax-related interest and penalties are classified as a component of income tax expense.

ASC Topic 740, Taxes, provides clarification on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Corporation has not identified any income tax uncertainties.

Advertising Costs

The Corporation recognizes its marketing and advertising cost as incurred. Advertising costs were $131,000, $268,000 and $366,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made in the consolidated financial statements for 2010 and 2009 to conform to the classifications presented in 2011.

Note 2 — Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-03, “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” ASU No. 2011-03 modifies the criteria for determining when repurchase agreements would be accounted for as a secured borrowing rather than as a sale. Currently, an entity that maintains effective control over transferred financial assets must account for the transfer as a secured borrowing rather than as a sale. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-03 removes from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. The FASB believes that contractual rights and obligations determine effective control and that there does not need to be a requirement to assess the ability to exercise those rights. ASU No. 2011-03 does not change the other existing criteria used in the assessment of effective control. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-03 are effective prospectively for transactions, or modifications of existing transactions, that occur on or after January 1, 2012. As the Corporation accounts for all of its repurchase agreements as collateralized financing arrangements, the adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s statements of income and condition.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Recent Accounting Pronouncements  – (continued)

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU No. 2011-04 results in a consistent definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure about fair value between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The changes to U.S. GAAP as a result of ASU No. 2011-04 are as follows: (1) The concepts of highest and best use and valuation premise are only relevant when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets (that is, it does not apply to financial assets or any liabilities); (2) U.S. GAAP currently prohibits application of a blockage factor in valuing financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets; ASU No. 2011-04 extends that prohibition to all fair value measurements; (3) An exception is provided to the basic fair value measurement principles for an entity that holds a group of financial assets and financial liabilities with offsetting positions in market risks or counterparty credit risk that are managed on the basis of the entity’s net exposure to either of those risks; this exception allows the entity, if certain criteria are met, to measure the fair value of the net asset or liability position in a manner consistent with how market participants would price the net risk position; (4) Aligns the fair value measurement of instruments classified within an entity’s shareholders’ equity with the guidance for liabilities; and (5) Disclosure requirements have been enhanced for recurring Level 3 fair value measurements to disclose quantitative information about unobservable inputs and assumptions used, to describe the valuation processes used by the entity, and to describe the sensitivity of fair value measurements to changes in unobservable inputs and interrelationships between those inputs. In addition, entities must report the level in the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of condition but whose fair value must be disclosed. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-04 are effective for the Corporation’s interim reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s statements of income or statements of condition.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-05 allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. The statement(s) are required to be presented with equal prominence as the other primary financial statements. ASU No. 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity but does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-05 are effective for the Corporation’s interim reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2011, with retrospective application required. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-05 is expected to result in presentation changes to the Corporation’s statements of income and the addition of a statement of comprehensive income. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-05 will have no impact on the Corporation’s statements of condition.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment”, which permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further impairment testing is required. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-08 are effective for the Corporation’s interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, provided that the entity has not yet performed its annual impairment test for goodwill. The Corporation performs its annual impairment test for goodwill in the fourth quarter of each year. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-08 is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s statements of income and statements of condition.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Recent Accounting Pronouncements  – (continued)

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” The Update defers the specific requirement to present items that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income separately with their respective components of net income and other comprehensive income. The deferral comes after stakeholders raised concerns that the new presentation requirements about the reclassification of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income would be costly for preparers and add unnecessary complexity to financial statements. As a result of the concerns, the FASB decided to reconsider whether it is necessary to require companies to present reclassification adjustments, by component, in both the statement where net income is presented and the statement where other comprehensive income is presented for both interim and annual financial statements. The FASB did not defer the requirement to report comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, financial statements.

In November 2008, the SEC released a proposed roadmap regarding the potential use by U.S. issuers of financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). IFRS is a comprehensive series of accounting standards published by the International Accounting Standards Board. Under the proposed roadmap, the Company may be required to prepare financial statements in accordance with IFRS as early as 2014. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this potential change would have on its consolidated financial statements, and it will continue to monitor the development of the potential implementation of IFRS.

Note 3 — Cash and Due from Banks

The Bank maintained cash balances reserved to meet regulatory requirements of the Federal Reserve Board of approximately $1,155,000 and $4,248,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities

The following tables present information related to the Corporation’s portfolio of securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at December 31, 2011 and available-for-sale at December 31, 2010.

       
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
     December 31, 2011
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                                   
Federal agency obligations   $ 24,781     $ 188     $     $ 24,969  
Residential mortgage pass-through securities     113,213       2,157       (6 )      115,364  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions     66,309       2,900       (36 )      69,173  
Trust preferred securities     20,567       14       (4,394 )      16,187  
Corporate bonds and notes     175,812       1,382       (4,077 )      173,117  
Collateralized mortgage obligations     3,226             (1,327 )      1,899  
Asset-backed securities     7,614       52       (13 )      7,653  
Equity securities     6,417       21       (293 )      6,145  
Total   $ 417,939     $ 6,714     $ (10,146 )    $ 414,507  
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity:
                                   
Federal agency obligations   $ 28,262     $ 177     $ (34 )    $ 28,405  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities     6,276             (69 )      6,207  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions     37,695       2,615             40,310  
Total   $ 72,233     $ 2,792     $ (103 )    $ 74,922  
Total investment securities   $ 490,172     $ 9,506     $ (10,249 )    $ 489,429  

       
  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
     December 31, 2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                                   
U.S. Treasury and agency securities   $ 7,123     $     $ (128 )    $ 6,995  
Federal agency obligations     68,051       1,071       (641 )      68,481  
Residential mortgage pass-through securities     180,037       115       (2,419 )      177,733  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions     38,312       1       (1,088 )      37,225  
Trust preferred securities     21,222       26       (2,517 )      18,731  
Corporate bonds and notes     63,047             (1,613 )      61,434  
Collateralized mortgage obligations     3,941             (1,213 )      2,728  
Equity securities     5,135             (382 )      4,753  
Total investment securities   $ 386,868     $ 1,213     $ (10,001 )    $ 378,080  

The Corporation’s investment securities are classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at December 31, 2011 and available-for-sale at December 31, 2010. The available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses included in equity, net of taxes. Accordingly, the carrying value of such securities reflects their fair value at the balance sheet date. Fair value is based upon either quoted market prices, or in certain cases where there is limited activity in the market for a particular instrument, assumptions are made to determine their fair value. See Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion.

Transfers of debt securities from the available-for-sale category to the held-to-maturity category are made at fair value at the date of transfer. The unrealized holding gain or loss at the date of transfer remains in accumulated other comprehensive income and in the carrying value of the held-to-maturity investment

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities  – (continued)

security. Premiums or discounts on investment securities are amortized or accreted using the effective interest method over the life of the security as an adjustment of yield. Unrealized holding gains or losses that remain in accumulated other comprehensive income are amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the security as an adjustment of yield, offsetting the related amortization of the premium or accretion of the discount.

The following table presents information for investments in securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2011, based on scheduled maturities. Actual maturities can be expected to differ from scheduled maturities due to prepayment or early call options of the issuer.

   
  December 31, 2011
     Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                 
Due in one year or less   $ 4,143     $ 4,118  
Due after one year through five years     81,798       81,138  
Due after five years through ten years     108,395       107,155  
Due after ten years     103,973       100,587  
Residential mortgage pass-through securities     113,213       115,364  
Equity securities     6,417       6,145  
Total     417,939       414,507  
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity:
                 
Due after five years through ten years   $ 4,459     $ 4,506  
Due after ten years     67,774       70,416  
Total   $ 72,233     $ 74,922  
Total investment securities   $ 490,172     $ 489,429  

During 2011, securities sold from the Corporation’s available-for-sale portfolio generated proceeds of approximately $254.8 million. The gross realized gains on securities sold amounted to approximately $4,045,000, while the gross realized losses, which included impairment charges of $342,000, amounted to approximately $411,000 in 2011. During 2010, securities sold from the Corporation’s available-for-sale portfolio generated proceeds of approximately $644.1 million. The gross realized gains on securities sold amounted to approximately $4,872,000, while the gross realized losses amounted to approximately $635,000 in 2010. During 2009, securities sold from the Corporation’s available-for-sale portfolio generated proceeds of approximately $665.8 million. The gross realized gains on securities sold amounted to approximately $5,897,000, while the gross realized losses amounted to approximately $1,168,000 in 2009.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities  – (continued)

Other-than-Temporarily Impaired Investments

Summary of Other-than-Temporary Impairment Charges

     
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
One variable rate private label CMO   $ 18     $ 360     $ 188  
One trust preferred security           3,000        
Two pooled trust preferred securities           1,818       3,433  
Principal losses on a variable rate CMO     324       398        
One corporate bond                 140  
One equity security                 113  
Reserve primary fund                 364  
Total other-than-temporary impairment charges   $ 342     $ 5,576     $ 4,238  

The Corporation performs regular analysis on the available-for-sale securities portfolio to determine whether a decline in fair value indicates that an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired in accordance with FASB ASC 320-10. FASB ASC 320-10 requires companies to record other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) charges, through earnings, if they have the intent to sell, or more likely than not be required to sell, an impaired debt security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If the Corporation intends to sell or it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current period credit loss, the OTTI is recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its estimated fair value at the balance sheet date. If the Corporation does not intend to sell the security and it is more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current period loss, and as such, it determines that a decline in fair value is other than temporary, the OTTI is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

The Corporation reviews all securities for potential recognition of other-than-temporary impairment. The Corporation maintains a watch list for the identification and monitoring of securities experiencing problems that require a heightened level of review. This could include credit rating downgrades.

The Corporation’s assessment of whether an investment in the portfolio of assets is other than temporary includes factors such as whether the issuer has defaulted on scheduled payments, announced restructuring and/or filed for bankruptcy, has disclosed severe liquidity problems that cannot be resolved, disclosed deteriorating financial condition or sustained significant losses.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities  – (continued)

The following table presents detailed information for each trust preferred security held by the Corporation at December 31, 2011, of which all but one has at least one rating below investment grade.

                 
                 
Deal Name   Single
Issuer or
Pooled
  Class/
Tranche
  Amortized
Cost
  Fair
Value
  Gross
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
  Lowest
Credit
Rating
Assigned
  Number of
Banks
Currently
Performing
  Deferrals
and Defaults
as % of
Original
Collateral
  Expected
Deferral/Defaults
as % of
Remaining
Performing
Collateral
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Countrywide Capital IV     Single           $ 1,770     $ 1,403     $ (367 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Countrywide Capital V     Single             2,747       2,230       (517 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Countrywide Capital V     Single             250       203       (47 )      BB+       1       None       None  
NPB Capital Trust II     Single             868       882       14       NR       1       None       None  
Citigroup Cap IX     Single             991       857       (134 )      BB       1       None       None  
Citigroup Cap IX     Single             1,903       1,652       (251 )      BB       1       None       None  
Citigroup Cap XI     Single             246       214       (32 )      BB       1       None       None  
BAC Capital Trust X     Single             2,500       1,862       (638 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Nationsbank Cap Trust III     Single             1,571       1,094       (477 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Morgan Stanley Cap
Trust IV
    Single             2,500       2,074       (426 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Morgan Stanley Cap
Trust IV
    Single             1,741       1,451       (290 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Saturns — GS 2004-06     Single             242       214       (28 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Saturns — GS 2004-06     Single             312       275       (37 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Saturns — GS 2004-04     Single             780       686       (94 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Saturns — GS 2004-04     Single             22       19       (3 )      BB+       1       None       None  
Goldman Sachs     Single             1,000       855       (145 )      BB+       1       None       None  
ALESCO Preferred
Funding VI
    Pooled       C2       290       143       (147 )      Ca       37 of 56       32.9 %      40.9 % 
ALESCO Preferred
Funding VII
    Pooled       C1       834       73       (761 )      Ca       49 of 62       34.3 %      40.4 % 
Total               $ 20,567     $ 16,187     $ (4,380 )                         

The Corporation owns two pooled trust preferred securities (“Pooled TRUPS”), which consist of securities issued by financial institutions and insurances companies and the Corporation holds the mezzanine tranche of such securities. Senior tranches generally are protected from defaults by over-collateralization and cash flow default protection provided by subordinated tranches, with senior tranches having the greatest protection and mezzanine tranches subordinated to the senior tranches. Our analysis of these Pooled TRUPS falls within the scope of EITF 99-20, ASC 320-40 and uses a discounted cash flow model to determine the total OTTI loss. The model considers the structure and term and the financial condition of the underlying issuers. Specifically, the model details interest rates, principal balances of note classes and underlying issuers and the allocation of the payments to the note classes according to a priority of payments specified in the offering circular and indenture. The current estimate of expected cash flows is based on the most recent trustee reports and other relevant market information including announcements of interest payment deferrals or defaults of underlying trust preferred securities. Assumptions used in the model include default rates, default rate timing profile and recovery rates. We assume no prepayments as these Pooled TRUPS were issued at comparatively tight spreads and as such, there is little incentive, if any, to prepay.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities  – (continued)

One of the Pooled TRUPS, ALESCO VI, has incurred its eleventh interruption of cash flow payments to date. Management reviewed the expected cash flow analysis and credit support to determine if it was probable that all principal and interest would be repaid, and no other-than-temporary impairment charge was recorded for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The other Pooled TRUP, ALESCO VII, incurred its ninth interruption of cash flow payments to date. Management determined that no other-than-temporary impairment charge existed on this security for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2011, excess subordination as a percentage of remaining performing collateral for the ALESCO Preferred Funding VI and VII investments were -40.4 percent and -45.0 percent, respectively. Excess subordination is the amount of performing collateral above the amount of outstanding collateral underlying each class of the security. The excess subordination as a percent of remaining performing collateral reflects the difference between the performing collateral and the collateral underlying each security divided by the performing collateral. A negative number results when the paying collateral is less than the collateral underlying each class of the security. A low or negative number decreases the likelihood of full repayment of principal and interest according to original contractual terms.

Credit Loss Portion of OTTI Recognized in Earning on Debt Securities

     
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Balance of credit-related OTTI at January 1,   $ 6,197     $ 3,621     $  
Addition:
                          
Credit losses for which other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized     342       5,576       3,761  
Reduction:
                          
Credit losses for securities sold during the period           (3,000 )      (140 ) 
Balance of credit-related OTTI at December 31,   $ 6,539     $ 6,197     $ 3,621  

The Corporation owns three variable rate private label collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), which were also evaluated for impairment. The Variable Rate Collateralized Mortgage Obligations were originally issued in 2006 and are 30 year Adjustable Rate Mortgage loans secured by a first lien, fully amortizing one-to-four residential mortgage loans. The tranche purchased was a Super Senior with an original credit rating of AAA/AAA. The top five states geographic concentration comprised in the deal were California 18.2 percent, Arizona 10.5 percent, Virginia 6.1 percent, Florida 6.5 percent and Nevada 6.3 percent. No one state exceeded a 25 percent concentration. These states have been heavily impacted by the financial crises and as such have sustained heavy delinquencies affecting the credit rating of the security. Management had applied aggressive default rates to identify if any credit impairment exists, as these bonds were downgraded to below investment grade. The Corporation recorded $324,000 in principal losses on these bonds in 2011, and expects additional losses in future periods. As such, management determined that an other-than-temporary impairment charge exists and recorded a $18,000 write down to the bonds, which represents 0.5 percent of the par amount of $3.8 million. The new cost basis for these securities has been written down to $3.2 million.

The Corporation’s investment portfolio also consists of overnight investments that were made into the Reserve Primary Fund (the “Fund”), a money market fund registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. On September 22, 2008, the Fund announced that redemptions of shares of the Fund were suspended pursuant to an SEC order so that an orderly liquidation could be effected for the protection of the Fund’s investors. Through December 31, 2009, the Corporation has received five distributions from the Fund, totaling approximately 92 percent of its outstanding balance, leaving a remaining outstanding balance in the Fund of $2.943 million. On January 29, 2010, as part of the court order liquidation of the Fund, the Corporation received a sixth distribution or

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities  – (continued)

$2.446 million, bringing total distributions to date to approximately 99 percent. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Corporation recorded a $364,000, or approximately 1 percent, other-than-temporary impairment charge to earnings relating to this court order liquidation of the Fund. The Corporation’s outstanding carrying balance in the Fund as of January 31, 2010 totaled $133,000. In 2010, the Corporation recorded approximately $30,000 to earnings as partial recovery of the OTTI charge. The Corporation’s outstanding carrying balance in the Fund as of December 31, 2011 was zero. Future liquidation distributions received by the Corporation, if any, will be recorded to earnings.

Temporarily Impaired Investments

For all other securities, the Corporation does not believe that the unrealized losses, which were comprised of 78 investment securities as of December 31, 2011, represent an other-than-temporary impairment. The gross unrealized losses associated with mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and tax-exempt securities are not considered to be other than temporary because their unrealized losses are related to changes in interest rates and do not affect the expected cash flows of the underlying collateral or issuer.

Factors affecting the market price include credit risk, market risk, interest rates, economic cycles, and liquidity risk. The magnitude of any unrealized loss may be affected by the relative concentration of the Corporation’s investment in any one issuer or industry. The Corporation has established policies to reduce exposure through diversification of concentration of the investment portfolio including limits on concentrations to any one issuer. The Corporation believes the investment portfolio is prudently diversified.

The decline in value is related to a change in interest rates and subsequent change in credit spreads required for these issues affecting market price. All issues are performing and are expected to continue to perform in accordance with their respective contractual terms and conditions. Short to intermediate average durations and in certain cases monthly principal payments should reduce further market value exposure to increases in rates.

The Corporation evaluates all securities with unrealized losses quarterly to determine whether the loss is other than temporary. Unrealized losses in the mortgage-backed securities category consist primarily of U.S. agency and private issue collateralized mortgage obligations. Unrealized losses in the corporate debt securities category consist of single name corporate trust preferred securities, pooled trust preferred securities and corporate debt securities issued by large financial institutions. The decline in fair value is due in large part to the lack of an active trading market for these securities, changes in market credit spreads and rating agency downgrades. For collateralized mortgage obligations, management reviewed expected cash flows and credit support to determine if it was probable that all principal and interest would be repaid. None of the corporate issuers have defaulted on interest payments. Management concluded that these securities were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011. Future deterioration in the cash flow on collateralized mortgage obligations or the credit quality of these large financial institution issuers of corporate debt securities could result in impairment charges in the future.

In determining that the securities giving rise to the previously mentioned unrealized losses were not other than temporary, the Corporation evaluated the factors cited above, which the Corporation considers when assessing whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired. In making these evaluations the Corporation must exercise considerable judgment. Accordingly there can be no assurance that the actual results will not differ from the Corporation’s judgments and that such differences may not require the future recognition of other-than-temporary impairment charges that could have a material affect on the Corporation’s financial position and results of operations. In addition, the value of, and the realization of any loss on, an investment security is subject to numerous risks as cited above.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities  – (continued)

The following tables indicate gross unrealized losses not recognized in income and fair value, aggregated by investment category and the length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

           
  December 31, 2011
     Total   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer
     Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                                                     
Residential mortgage
pass-through securities
  $ 2,013     $ (6 )    $ 2,013     $ (6 )    $     $  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions     4,352       (36 )      4,352       (36 )             
Trust preferred securities     15,272       (4,394 )      4,325       (996 )      10,947       (3,398 ) 
Corporate bonds and notes     97,043       (4,077 )      89,534       (3,663 )      7,509       (414 ) 
Collateralized mortgage obligations     1,899       (1,327 )                  1,899       (1,327 ) 
Asset-backed securities     3,884       (13 )      3,884       (13 )             
Equity securities     1,242       (293 )                  1,242       (293 ) 
Total     125,705       (10,146 )      104,108       (4,714 )      21,597       (5,432 ) 
Investment Securities
Held-to-Maturity:
                                                     
Federal agency obligations     11,980       (34 )      11,980       (34 )             
Collateralized mortgage obligations     6,207       (69 )      6,207       (69 )             
Total     18,187       (103 )      18,187       (103 )             
Total Temporarily Impaired Securities   $ 143,892     $ (10,249 )    $ 122,295     $ (4,817 )    $ 21,597     $ (5,432 ) 

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4 — Investment Securities  – (continued)

           
  December 31, 2010
     Total   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer
     Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
Losses
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment Securities Available-for-Sale:
                                                     
U.S. Treasury and agency securities   $ 6,995     $ (128 )    $ 6,995     $ (128 )    $     $  
Federal agency obligations     35,799       (641 )      32,113       (622 )      3,686       (19 ) 
Residential mortgage pass-through securities     166,820       (2,419 )      166,820       (2,419 )             
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions     19,699       (1,088 )      19,699       (1,088 )             
Trust preferred securities     16,058       (2,517 )                  16,058       (2,517 ) 
Corporate bonds and notes     61,434       (1,613 )      52,985       (1,175 )      8,449       (438 ) 
Collateralized mortgage obligations     2,728       (1,213 )                  2,728       (1,213 ) 
Equity securities     4,653       (382 )      3,427       (73 )      1,226       (309 ) 
Total Temporarily Impaired Securities   $ 314,186     $ (10,001 )    $ 282,039     $ (5,505 )    $ 32,147     $ (4,496 ) 

Investment securities having a carrying value of approximately $98.7 million and $125.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, short-term borrowings, and FHLB advances and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table sets forth the composition of the Corporation’s loan portfolio including net deferred fees and costs, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial   $ 146,662     $ 121,034  
Commercial real estate     408,010       372,001  
Construction     39,382       49,744  
Residential mortgage     160,999       165,154  
Installment     957       511  
Total loans   $ 756,010     $ 708,444  

Included in the loan balances above are net deferred loan costs of $17,000 and $258,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, loans to officers and directors aggregated approximately $10,279,000 and $5,456,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation made new loans to officers and directors in the amount of $6,875,000; payments by such persons during 2011 aggregated $2,052,000.

Management is of the opinion that the above loans were made on the same terms and conditions as those prevailing for comparable transactions with non-related borrowers.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 loan balances of approximately $469.5 million and $435.9 million were pledged to secure short term borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and Federal Home Loan Bank Advances.

During the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation entered into a lease of its former operations facility under a direct financing lease. The lease has a 15 year term with no renewal options. According to the terms of the lease, the lessee has an obligation to purchase the property underlying the lease in either year seven (7), ten (10) or fifteen (15) at predetermined prices for those years as provided in the lease. The structure of the minimum lease payments and the purchase prices as provided in the lease provide an inducement to the lessee to purchase the property in year seven (7).

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the net investment in direct financing lease consists of a minimum lease receivable of $4,870,000 and $5,026,000, respectively, and unearned interest income of $1,123,000 and $1,317,000, respectively, for a net investment in direct financing lease of $3,747,000 and $3,709,000, respectively. The net investment in direct financing lease is carried as a component of loans in the Corporation’s consolidated statements of condition.

Minimum future lease receipts of the direct financing lease are as follows:

 
For years ending December 31,   (Dollars in Thousands)
2012   $ 171  
2013     216  
2014     216  
2015     228  
2016     265  
Thereafter     2,651  
Total minimum future lease receipts   $ 3,747  

The following table presents information about loan receivables on non-accrual status at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial   $ 125     $ 456  
Commercial real estate     225       3,563  
Construction     3,044       5,865  
Residential mortgage     3,477       1,290  
Total loans receivable on non-accrual status   $ 6,871     $ 11,174  

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

The Corporation continuously monitors the credit quality of its loans receivable. In addition to the internal staff, the Corporation utilizes the services of a third party loan review firm to rate the credit quality of its loans receivable. Credit quality is monitored by reviewing certain credit quality indicators. Assets classified “Pass” are deemed to possess average to superior credit quality, requiring no more than normal attention. Assets classified as “Special Mention” have generally acceptable credit quality yet possess higher risk characteristics/circumstances than satisfactory assets. Such conditions include strained liquidity, slow pay, stale financial statements, or other conditions that require more stringent attention from the lending staff. These conditions, if not corrected, may weaken the loan quality or inadequately protect the Corporation’s credit position at some future date. Assets are classified “Substandard” if the asset has a well defined weakness that requires management’s attention to a greater degree than for loans classified special mention. Such weakness, if left uncorrected, could possibly result in the compromised ability of the loan to perform to contractual requirements. An asset is classified as “Doubtful” if it is inadequately protected by the net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral, if any, that secures the obligation. Assets classified as doubtful include assets for which there is a “distinct possibility” that a degree of loss will occur if the inadequacies are not corrected. All loans past due 90 days or more and all impaired loans are included in the appropriate category below. The following table presents information about the loan credit quality at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Credit Quality Indicators

         
  December 31, 2011
     (Dollars in Thousands)
     Pass   Special
Mention
  Substandard   Doubtful   Total
Commercial and industrial   $ 143,048     $ 2,022     $ 1,592     $     $ 146,662  
Commercial real estate     371,365       24,282       12,363             408,010  
Construction     36,338             3,044             39,382  
Residential mortgage     155,326             5,673             160,999  
Installment     957                         957  
Total loans   $ 707,034     $ 26,304     $ 22,672     $  —     $ 756,010  

Credit Quality Indicators

         
  December 31, 2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
     Pass   Special
Mention
  Substandard   Doubtful   Total
Commercial and industrial   $ 116,741     $ 1,929     $ 2,364     $     $ 121,034  
Commercial real estate     345,096       15,383       11,522             372,001  
Construction     43,879             3,588       2,277       49,744  
Residential mortgage     161,558             3,596             165,154  
Installment     511                         511  
Total loans   $ 667,785     $ 17,312     $ 21,070     $ 2,277     $ 708,444  

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

The following table provides an analysis of the impaired loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Impaired Loans

         
  December 31, 2011
     (Dollars in Thousands)
No Related Allowance Recorded   Recorded
Investment
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Related
Allowance
  Average
Recorded
Investment
  Interest
Income
Recognized
Commercial and industrial   $     $     $     $ 292     $ 11  
Commercial real estate     2,121       2,570             3,390       149  
Construction                       3,156        
Total   $ 2,121     $ 2,570     $  —     $ 6,838     $ 160  

         
With An Allowance Recorded   Recorded
Investment
  Unpaid Principal
Balance
  Related
Allowance
  Average
Recorded
Investment
  Interest
Income
Recognized
Commercial real estate   $ 4,180     $ 4,180     $ 567     $ 4,583     $ 258  
Construction     3,044       3,584       200       3,048       18  
Residential mortgage     4,601       4,601       318       4,572       102  
Total   $ 11,825     $ 12,365     $ 1,085     $ 12,203     $ 378  
Total
                                            
Commercial and industrial   $     $     $     $ 292     $ 11  
Commercial real estate     6,301       6,750       567       7,973       407  
Construction     3,044       3,584       200       6,204       18  
Residential mortgage     4,601       4,601       318       4,572       102  
Total (including related allowance)   $ 13,946     $ 14,935     $ 1,085     $ 19,041     $ 538  

Impaired Loans

         
  December 31, 2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
No Related Allowance Recorded   Recorded
Investment
  Unpaid
Principal
Balance
  Related
Allowance
  Average
Recorded
Investment
  Interest
Income
Recognized
Commercial and industrial   $ 1,364     $ 1,908     $     $ 1,933     $ 87  
Commercial real estate     3,984       4,625             4,274       78  
Construction     5,865       8,642             6,855       112  
Residential mortgage     1,462       1,765             1,711       27  
Total   $ 12,675     $ 16,940     $  —     $ 14,773     $ 304  

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

         
With An Allowance Recorded   Recorded Investment   Unpaid Principal Balance   Related Allowance   Average Recorded Investment   Interest Income Recognized
Commercial real estate   $ 4,180     $ 4,180     $ 618     $ 4,181     $ 204  
Residential mortgage     1,354       1,354       21       1,356       76  
Total   $ 5,534     $ 5,534     $ 639     $ 5,537     $ 280  
Total
                                            
Commercial and industrial   $ 1,364     $ 1,908     $     $ 1,933     $ 87  
Commercial real estate     8,164       8,805       618       8,455       282  
Construction     5,865       8,642             6,855       112  
Residential mortgage     2,816       3,119       21       3,067       103  
Total (including related allowance)   $ 18,209     $ 22,474     $ 639     $ 20,310     $ 584  

The Corporation defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on information available at the determination date, that the Corporation will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan. At December 31, 2011, impaired loans were primarily collateral dependent, and totaled $13.9 million. Specific reserves of $1.1 million were assigned to impaired loans of $11.8 million. Other impaired loans in the amount of $2.1 million had no specific reserve. At December 31, 2009 average impaired loans were $6.9 million and related interest income recognized was $267,000.

Loans are considered to have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring when due to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Corporation makes certain concessions to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Modifications may include interest rate reductions, principal or interest forgiveness, forbearance, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Generally, a non-accrual loan that has been modified in a troubled debt restructuring remains on non-accrual status for a period of six months to demonstrate that the borrower is able to meet the terms of the modified loan. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan modification or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains on non-accrual status. Included in impaired loans at December 31, 2011 are loans that are deemed troubled debt restructurings. Of these loans, $7.5 million, 81% of which are included in the tables above, are performing under the restructured terms and are accruing interest.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

The following table provides an analysis of the aging of loans, including deferred fees and costs, that are past due at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Aging Analysis

             
  December 31, 2011
     (Dollars in Thousands)
     30 – 59 Days
Past Due
  60 – 89 Days
Past Due
  Greater
Than
90 Days
  Total
Past Due
  Current   Total
Loans
Receivable
  Loans
Receivable
> 90 Days
And
Accruing
Commercial and Industrial   $ 137     $ 1,544     $ 125     $ 1,806     $ 144,856     $ 146,662     $  
Commercial Real Estate     1,331       5,335       1,254       7,920       400,090       408,010       1,029  
Construction                 3,044       3,044       36,338       39,382        
Residential Mortgage     2,174       99       3,477       5,750       155,249       160,999        
Installment     16                   16       941       957        
Total   $ 3,658     $ 6,978     $ 7,900     $ 18,536     $ 737,474     $ 756,010     $ 1,029  

Aging Analysis

             
  December 31, 2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
     30 – 59 Days
Past Due
  60 – 89 Days
Past Due
  Greater
Than
90 Days
  Total
Past Due
  Current   Total
Loans
Receivable
  Loans
Receivable
> 90 Days
And
Accruing
Commercial and Industrial   $ 1,509     $ 476     $ 456     $ 2,441     $ 118,593     $ 121,034     $  
Commercial Real Estate     4,290       2,229       3,563       10,082       361,919       372,001        
Construction     170       449       5,865       6,484       43,260       49,744        
Residential Mortgage     1,814       309       2,004       4,127       161,027       165,154       714  
Installment     9                   9       502       511        
Total   $ 7,792     $ 3,463     $ 11,888     $ 23,143     $ 685,301     $ 708,444     $ 714  

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

The following table details the amount of loans receivable that are evaluated individually, and collectively, for impairment, and the related portion of the allowance for loan loss that is allocated to each loan portfolio segment:

Allowance for loan and lease losses

             
  December 31, 2011
(Dollars in Thousands)
     C & I   Comm R/E   Construction   Res Mtge   Installment   Unallocated   Total
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
                                                              
Individually evaluated for impairment   $     $ 567     $ 200     $ 318     $     $     $ 1,085  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     1,527       5,405       507       945       51       82       8,517  
Total   $ 1,527     $ 5,972     $ 707     $ 1,263     $ 51     $ 82     $ 9,602  
Loans Receivable
                                                              
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 953     $ 12,769     $ 3,044     $ 5,050     $     $     $ 21,816  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     145,709       395,241       36,338       155,949       957             734,194  
Total   $ 146,662     $ 408,010     $ 39,382     $ 160,999     $ 957     $  —     $ 756,010  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

             
  December 31, 2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
     C & I   Comm R/E   Construction   Res Mtge   Installment   Unallocated   Total
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
                                                              
Individually evaluated for impairment   $     $ 618     $     $ 21     $     $     $ 639  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     1,272       5,097       551       1,017       52       239       8,228  
Total   $ 1,272     $ 5,715     $ 551     $ 1,038     $ 52     $ 239     $ 8,867  
Loans Receivable
                                                              
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 2,748     $ 11,960     $ 5,865     $ 1,354     $     $     $ 21,927  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     118,286       360,041       43,879       163,800       511             686,517  
Total   $ 121,034     $ 372,001     $ 49,744     $ 165,154     $ 511     $     $ 708,444  

The Corporation’s allowance for loan losses is analyzed quarterly and many factors are considered, including growth in the portfolio, delinquencies, nonaccrual loan levels, and other factors inherent in the extension of credit. There have been no material changes to the allowance for loan loss methodology as disclosed in the Corporation’s previous Annual Reports.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

             
  Year Ended December 31, 2011
     (Dollars in thousands)
     C & I   Comm R/E   Construction   Res Mtg   Installment   Unallocated   Total
Balance at January 1,   $ 1,272     $ 5,715     $ 551     $ 1,038     $ 52     $ 239     $ 8,867  
Loans charged-off     (186 )      (1,168 )      (631 )      (23 )      (20 )            (2,028 ) 
Recoveries     240       15             53       7             315  
Provision for loan losses     201       1,410       787       195       12       (157 )      2,448  
Balance at December 31,   $ 1,527     $ 5,972     $ 707     $ 1,263     $ 51     $ 82     $ 9,602  

     
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Balance at the beginning of year   $ 8,867     $ 8,711     $ 6,254  
Provision for loan losses     2,448       5,076       4,597  
Loans charged-off     (2,028 )      (4,940 )      (2,152 ) 
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off     315       20       12  
Balance at the end of year   $ 9,602     $ 8,867     $ 8,711  

The amount of interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans in 2011, 2010 and 2009 had payments remained in accordance with the original contractual terms was $378,000, $598,000 and $431,000, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans were non-accrual or contractually past due in excess of 90 days and still accruing interest.

The policy of the Corporation is to generally grant commercial, mortgage and installment loans to New Jersey residents and businesses within its market area. The borrowers’ abilities to repay their obligations are dependent upon various factors including the borrowers’ income and net worth, cash flows generated by the borrowers’ underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral, and priority of the lender’s lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the control of the Corporation. The Corporation is therefore subject to risk of loss. The Corporation believes its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks and that adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all known and inherent risks. Collateral and/or personal guarantees are required for a large majority of the Corporation’s loans.

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Loans and the Allowance for Loan Losses  – (continued)

The following table presents information about the troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) by class transacted during the period indicated:

     
  Year Ended December 31, 2011
     Number of
Loans
  Pre-restructuring
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Post-restructuring
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Troubled debt restructurings:
                          
Commercial Real Estate     1     $ 1,719     $ 1,318  
Residential Mortgage     5       1,624       1,575  
Total       6     $ 3,343     $ 2,893  

The Corporation charged off $450,000 in connection with loan modifications at the time of the modification during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.

The Corporation had no loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011.

The Corporation adopted ASU No. 2011-02 on July 1, 2011 which provides additional guidance to creditors for evaluating whether a modification or restructuring of a receivable is a troubled debt restructuring. In general, a modification or restructuring of a loan constitutes a TDR if the Corporation grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. Loans modified in TDRs are placed on non-accrual status until the Corporation determines that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires that the borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for a period of at least six months. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan modification or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains on non-accrual status.

Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring totaled $11.1 million at December 31, 2011 of which $3.7 million were on non-accrual status. The remaining loans modified were current at the time of the restructuring and have complied with the terms of their restructure agreement.

In an effort to proactively manage delinquent loans, the Corporation has selectively extended to certain borrowers concessions such as rate reductions, extension of maturity dates, principal or interest forgiveness, adjusted repayment terms, forbearance agreements, or combinations of two or more of these concessions. As of December 31, 2011, loans on which concessions were made with respect to adjusted repayment terms amounted to $1.7 million. Loans on which combinations of two or more concessions were made amounted to $9.4 million. The concessions granted included principal concessions, rate reduction, adjusted repayment, extended maturity and payment deferral.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

     
  Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Land            $ 2,403     $ 2,403  
Buildings     5 – 40       12,711       12,656  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     2 – 20       16,191       15,929  
Leasehold improvements     5 – 30       1,839       1,839  
Subtotal              33,144       32,827  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization           20,817       19,890  
Total premises and equipment, net         $ 12,327     $ 12,937  

Depreciation and amortization expense of premises and equipment for the three years ended December 31, amounted to $926,000 in 2011, $1,096,000 in 2010 and $1,369,000 in 2009, respectively.

Note 7 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill allocated to the Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $16,804,000. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The table below provides information regarding the carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of amortized intangible assets as of the dates set forth below.

     
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
     (Dollars in Thousands)
As of December 31, 2011:
                          
Core deposits   $ 703     $ (605 )    $ 98  
Total intangible assets     703       (605 )      98  
As of December 31, 2010:
                          
Core deposits   $ 703     $ (548 )    $ 155  
Total intangible assets     703       (548 )      155  

The current year and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets was $57,000 for 2011 and $44,000, $31,000, $18,000, $5,000 and $0, respectively, for 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8 — Deposits

Time Deposits

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation's total time deposits were $194.6 million and $181.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the contractual maturities of these time deposits were as follows:

 
(dollars in thousands)   Amount
2012   $ 155,247  
2013     21,989  
2014     7,240  
2015     2,099  
2016     8,008  
Thereafter      
Total   $ 194,583  

The amount of time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more was $137.9 million and $119.7 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, the contractual maturities of these time deposits were as follows:

 
(dollars in thousands)   Amount
Three Months or Less   $ 55,959  
Over Three Months through Six Months     36,460  
Over Six Months through Twelve Months     16,702  
Over Twelve Months     28,877  
Total   $ 137,998  

Note 9 — Borrowed Funds:

Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase   $     $ 28,855  
Federal funds purchased and FHLB short-term advances           13,000  
Total short-term borrowings   $  —     $ 41,855  

The weighted average interest rates for short-term borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were zero percent and 0.27 percent, respectively.

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
FHLB long-term advances   $ 120,000     $ 130,000  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     41,000       41,000  
Total long-term borrowings   $ 161,000     $ 171,000  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase had average balances of $67.4 million and $86.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The maximum amount outstanding at any month end during 2011 and 2010 was $84.8 million and $95.9 million, respectively. The average interest rate paid on securities sold under agreements to repurchase were 3.39 percent and 2.97 percent for the years ended

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9 — Borrowed Funds:  – (continued)

December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Overnight federal funds purchased averaged $2.9 million during 2011 as compared to $0.4 million during 2010.

The weighted average interest rates on long term borrowings at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were 3.93 percent and 4.02 percent, respectively. The maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during 2011 and 2010 was $161.0 million and $223.1 million, respectively. The average interest rates paid on Federal Home Loan Bank advances were 3.51 percent and 3.95 percent for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) amounted to $120.0 million and $130.0 million, respectively. The FHLB advances had a weighted average interest rate of 3.46 percent and 3.61 percent at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These advances are secured by pledges of FHLB stock, 1 – 4 family residential mortgages, commercial real estate mortgages and U.S. Government and Federal Agency obligations. The advances are subject to quarterly call provisions at the discretion of the FHLB and at December 31, 2011 and 2010, are contractually scheduled for repayment as follows:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
2011   $     $ 10,000  
2013     5,000       5,000  
2016     20,000       20,000  
2017     55,000       55,000  
2018     40,000       40,000  
Total   $ 120,000     $ 130,000  

The securities sold under repurchase agreements to other counterparties included in long-term debt totaled $41.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The weighted average rates were 5.31 percent at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The schedule for contractual repayment is as follows:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
2011   $     $  
2015     10,000       10,000  
2017     15,000       15,000  
2018     16,000       16,000  
Total   $ 41,000     $ 41,000  

Note 10 — Subordinated Debentures:

During 2003, the Corporation formed a statutory business trust, which exists for the exclusive purpose of (i) issuing Trust Securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust; (ii) investing the gross proceeds of the Trust securities in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (subordinated debentures) of the Corporation; and (iii) engaging in only those activities necessary or incidental thereto. These subordinated debentures and the related income effects are not eliminated in the consolidated financial statements as the statutory business trust is not consolidated in accordance with FASB ASC 810-10. Distributions on the subordinated debentures owned by the subsidiary trust have been classified as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10 — Subordinated Debentures:  – (continued)

The following table summarizes the mandatory redeemable trust preferred securities of the Corporation’s Statutory Trust II at December 31, 2011.

         
Issuance Date   Securities
Issued
  Liquidation Value   Coupon Rate   Maturity   Redeemable by
Issuer Beginning
12/19/03   $5,000,000   $1,000 per
Capital
Security
  Floating
3-month
LIBOR + 285
Basis Points
  01/23/2034   01/23/2009

Note 11 — Income Taxes

The current and deferred amounts of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are as follows:

     
  2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Current:
                          
Federal   $ 3,818     $ (27 )    $ (19 ) 
State     187       198       146  
Subtotal     4,005       171       127  
Deferred:
                          
Federal     2,157       (191 )      824  
State     1,249       242       (5 ) 
Subtotal     3,406       51       819  
Income tax expense   $ 7,411     $ 222     $ 946  

Reconciliation between the amount of reported income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate is as follows:

     
  2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Income before income tax expense   $ 21,337     $ 7,226     $ 4,717  
Federal statutory rate     35 %      34 %      34 % 
Computed “expected” Federal income tax expense     7,468       2,457       1,604  
State tax, net of Federal tax benefit     933       291       93  
Bank owned life insurance     (363 )      (417 )      (393 ) 
Tax-exempt interest and dividends     (595 )      (75 )      (334 ) 
Tax on Bank Owned Life Insurance policy surrender gain           539        
Reversal of unrealized tax benefit & interest           (2,551 )       
Other, net     (32 )      (22 )      (24 ) 
Income tax   $ 7,411     $ 222     $ 946  

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11 — Income Taxes  – (continued)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are presented in the following table:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
                 
Impaired assets   $ 2,820     $ 2,621  
Allowance for loan losses     3,810       3,358  
Employee benefit plans     13       59  
Unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale     1,154       3,462  
Pension actuarial losses     2,150       1,566  
Other     512       656  
Federal AMT Credits     854       3,874  
NJ NOL     373       1,258  
NJ AMA credits     210       213  
Total deferred tax assets   $ 11,896     $ 17,067  
Deferred tax liabilities:
                 
Depreciation   $ 303     $ 298  
Market discount accretion     43       29  
Deferred loan costs, net of fees     397       435  
Purchase accounting     40       62  
Total deferred tax liabilities     783       824  
Net deferred tax asset   $ 11,113     $ 16,243  

Based on the Corporation’s historical and current taxable income and the projected future taxable income, management believes it is more likely than not that the Corporation will realize the benefit of the net deductible temporary differences existing at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation has no federal income tax loss carry forwards, and has state income tax loss carry forwards of approximately $6.4 million, which have expirations beginning in the year 2014.

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. During 2011 and 2010, based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Corporation believes the net deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized.

The Corporation’s federal income tax returns are open and subject to examination from the 2008 tax return year and forward. The Corporation’s state income tax returns are generally open from the 2007 and later tax return years based on individual state statute of limitations.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12 — Commitments, Contingencies and Concentrations of Credit Risk

In the normal course of business, the Corporation has outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, such as standby and commercial letters of credit, unused portions of lines of credit and commitments to extend various types of credit. Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit generally do not exceed one year.

These financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. The commitment or contract amount of these financial instruments is an indicator of the Corporation’s level of involvement in each type of instrument as well as the exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument.

The Corporation controls the credit risk of these financial instruments through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. To minimize potential credit risk, the Corporation generally requires collateral and other credit-related terms and conditions from the customer. In the opinion of management, the financial condition of the Corporation will not be materially affected by the final outcome of these commitments and contingent liabilities.

A substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate located in New Jersey. Accordingly, the collectability of a substantial portion of the loan portfolio of the Bank is susceptible to changes in the real estate market.

The following table provides a summary of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Commitments under commercial loans and lines of credit   $ 90,866     $ 77,786  
Home equity and other revolving lines of credit     49,203       50,131  
Outstanding commercial mortgage loan commitments     32,938       32,554  
Standby letters of credit     1,800       2,225  
Performance letters of credit     20,482       12,019  
Outstanding residential mortgage loan commitments           250  
Overdraft protection lines     5,850       4,898  
Other consumer            
Total   $ 201,139     $ 179,863  

Other expenses include rentals for premises and equipment of $710,000 in 2011, $692,000 in 2010 and $704,000 in 2009. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation was obligated under a number of non-cancelable leases for premises and equipment, many of which provide for increased rentals based upon increases in real estate taxes and the cost of living index. These leases, most of which have renewal provisions, are principally operating leases. Minimum rentals under the terms of these leases for the years 2012 through 2016 are $625,000, $500,000, $533,000, $538,000 and $408,000, respectively. Minimum rentals due 2017 and after are $3,911,000.

The Corporation is subject to claims and lawsuits that arise in the ordinary course of business. Based upon the information currently available in connection with such claims, it is the opinion of management that the disposition or ultimate determination of such claims will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity of the Corporation.

Note 13 — Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Requirements

On January 12, 2009, the Corporation issued $10 million in nonvoting senior preferred stock to the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program. As part of the transaction, the Corporation also issued warrants to the U.S. Treasury to purchase 173,410 shares of common stock of the Corporation at an exercise price of $8.65 per share. As previously announced, the Corporation’s voluntary participation in the

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13 — Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Requirements  – (continued)

Capital Purchase Program amounted to approximately 50 percent of what the Corporation had qualified for under the U.S. Treasury program. The Corporation believed that its participation in this program would strengthen its current well-capitalized position. The funding was used to support future loan growth. As a result of the successful completion of the rights offering in October 2009, the number of shares underlying the warrants held by the U.S. Treasury was reduced to 86,705 shares, or 50 percent of the original 173,410 shares as outlined by the provisions of the Capital Purchase Program.

On September 15, 2011, the Corporation issued $11.25 million in nonvoting senior preferred stock to the Treasury under the Small Business Lending Fund Program (“SBLF Program”). Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Corporation issued to the Treasury a total of 11,250 shares of the Corporation’s Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. Simultaneously, using the proceeds from the issuance of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Corporation redeemed from the Treasury, all 10,000 outstanding shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation amount $1,000 per share, for a redemption price of $10,041,667, including accrued but unpaid dividends up to the date of redemption. The investment in the SBLF program provides the Corporation with approximately $1.25 million additional Tier 1 capital. The capital received under the program will allow the Corporation to continue to serve its small business clients through the commercial lending program.

On December 7, 2011, the Corporation repurchased the warrants issued on January 12, 2009 to the U.S. Treasury as part of its participation in the U.S. Treasury’s TARP Capital Purchase Program. In the repurchase, the Corporation paid the U.S. Treasury $245,000 for the warrants.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) regulations require banks to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. Under the regulations in effect at December 31, 2011, the Bank was required to maintain (i) a minimum leverage ratio of Tier I capital to total adjusted assets of 4.00 percent, and (ii) minimum ratios of Tier I and total capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.00 percent and 8.00 percent, respectively.

Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the regulators are required to take certain supervisory actions with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on the institution’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of financial institutions into five categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Generally, an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a leverage (Tier I) capital ratio of at least 5.00 percent; a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.00 percent; and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.00 percent.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about capital components, risk weightings and other factors. The Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) has established higher minimum capital ratios for the Bank effective as of December 31, 2009: Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital of 10.0 percent, Total Risk-Based Capital of 12.0 percent and Tier 1 Leverage Capital of 8.0 percent. Similar categories apply to bank holding companies. At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s capital ratios were all above the minimum levels required.

At December 31, 2011, management believes that the Bank and the Parent Corporation met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

The following is a summary of the Bank’s and the Parent Corporation’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, compared to the FRB and FDIC minimum capital adequacy requirements and the FRB and FDIC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13 — Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Requirements  – (continued)

           
  Union Center
National Bank
  Minimum
Capital Adequacy
  For Classification
Under Corrective
Action Plan
as Well Capitalized
     Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
     (Dollars in Thousands)
December 31, 2011 Leverage (Tier 1) capital   $ 127,473       9.15 %    $ 55,726       4.00 %    $ 69,657       5.00 % 
Risk-Based Capital:
                                                     
Tier 1   $ 127,473       11.81 %    $ 43,175       4.00 %    $ 64,762       6.00 % 
Total     137,075       12.70 %      86,346       8.00 %      107,933       10.00 % 
December 31, 2010 Leverage (Tier 1) capital   $ 112,601       9.56 %    $ 48,088       4.00 %    $ 59,262       5.00 % 
Risk-Based Capital:
                                                     
Tier 1   $ 112,601       12.83 %    $ 35,116       4.00 %    $ 52,674       6.00 % 
Total     121,468       13.84 %      70,232       8.00 %      87,790       10.00 % 

           
  Parent Corporation   Minimum Capital
Adequacy
  For Classification
as Well Capitalized
     Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
     (Dollars in Thousands)
December 31, 2011 Leverage (Tier 1) capital   $ 129,437       9.29 %    $ 55,732       4.00 %    $ 69,665       5.00 % 
Risk-Based Capital:
                                                     
Tier 1   $ 129,437       12.00 %    $ 43,146       4.00 %    $ 64,719       6.00 % 
Total     139,039       12.89 %      86,293       8.00 %      N/A       N/A  
December 31, 2010 Leverage (Tier 1) capital   $ 116,600       9.90 %    $ 48,098       4.00 %    $ 59,275       5.00 % 
Risk-Based Capital:
                                                     
Tier 1   $ 116,600       13.28 %    $ 35,124       4.00 %    $ 52,686       6.00 % 
Total     125,467       14.29 %      70,248       8.00 %      N/A       N/A  

The Corporation issued $5.2 million of subordinated debentures in 2003. These securities are included as a component of Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes.

On March 1, 2005, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule that allows the continued inclusion of outstanding and prospective issuances of trust preferred securities in the Tier I Capital of bank holding companies, subject to stricter quantitative limits and qualitative standards. The new quantitative limits became effective after a five-year transition period ended March 31, 2009. Under the final rules, trust preferred securities and other restricted core capital elements are limited to 25% of all core capital elements. Amounts of restricted core capital elements in excess of these limits may be included in Tier II Capital. Based on a review of the final rule, the Corporation believes that its trust preferred issues qualify as Tier I Capital. However, in the event that the trust preferred issues do not qualify as Tier I Capital, the Corporation would remain well-capitalized.

The Dodd-Frank Act includes certain provisions, often referred to as the “Collins Amendment,” concerning the capital requirements of the United States banking regulators. These provisions are intended to subject bank holding companies to the same capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries and to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13 — Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Requirements  – (continued)

capital. Under the Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities issued by a company, such as Union Center National Bank, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion before May 19, 2010 and treated as regulatory capital are grandfathered, but any such securities issued later are not eligible as regulatory capital. The banking regulators must develop regulations setting minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements for holding companies and banks on a consolidated basis that are no less stringent than the generally applicable requirements in effect for depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations. The banking regulators also must seek to make capital standards countercyclical so that the required levels of capital increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction. The Dodd-Frank Act requires these new capital regulations to be adopted by the Federal Reserve in final form 18 months after the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act (July 21, 2010).

Note 14 — Comprehensive Income

Total comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Corporation’s other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized holding gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, obligations for defined benefit pension plan and an adjustment to reflect the curtailment of the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plan, net of taxes.

Disclosure of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. The table below provides a reconciliation of the components of other comprehensive income to the disclosure provided in the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity.

The components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, were as follows for the following fiscal years ended December 31:

     
  Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Reclassification adjustments for OTTI losses included in income   $ 342     $ 5,576     $ 4,238  
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities     8,990       3,822       (2,827 ) 
Reclassification adjustment for realized gains arising during this period     (3,976 )      (4,237 )      (4,729 ) 
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities     5,356       5,161       (3,318 ) 
Unrealized holding gains on securities transferred from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity securities     245              
Net unrealized gains (losses)     5,601       5,161       (3,318 ) 
Tax effect     (2,307 )      (2,060 )      1,354  
Net of tax amount     3,294       3,101       (1,964 ) 
Actuarial (loss) gain     (1,649 )            25  
Tax effect     584             (10 ) 
Net of tax amount     (1,065 )            15  
Net actuarial gains                 142  
Tax effect                 (57 ) 
Net of tax amount                 85  
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax   $ 2,229     $ 3,101     $ (1,864 ) 

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14 — Comprehensive Income  – (continued)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Investment securities available for sale, net of tax   $ (2,196 )    $ (5,327 ) 
Unamortized component of securities transferred from
available-for-sale to held-to-maturity, net of tax
    163        
Defined benefit pension and post-retirement plans, net of tax     (3,413 )      (2,348 ) 
Total   $ (5,446 )    $ (7,675 ) 

Note 15 — Pension and Other Benefits

Defined Benefit Plans

The Corporation maintained a non-contributory pension plan for substantially all of its employees until September 30, 2007, at which time the Corporation froze its defined benefit pension plan. The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation over the prior five-year period. The plan’s benefits are payable in the form of a ten year certain and life annuity. The plan is intended to be a tax-qualified defined benefit plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Pension Plan, which has been in effect since March 15, 1950, generally covers employees of Union Center National Bank and the Parent Corporation who have attained age 21 and completed one year of service prior to September 30, 2007. Payments may be made under the Pension Plan once attaining the normal retirement age of 65 and is generally equal to 44 percent of a participant’s highest average compensation over a 5-year period.

The following table sets forth changes in projected benefit obligation, changes in fair value of plan assets, funded status, and amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition for the Corporation’s pension plans at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Change in Benefit Obligation:
                 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 11,032     $ 10,660  
Service cost            
Interest cost     589       601  
Actuarial loss     1,335       393  
Benefits paid     (611 )      (622 ) 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year   $ 12,345     $ 11,032  
Change in Plan Assets:
                 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning year   $ 6,993     $ 6,652  
Actual return on plan assets     (111 )      663  
Employer contributions     491       300  
Benefits paid     (611 )      (622 ) 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year   $ 6,762     $ 6,993  
Funded status   $ (5,583 )    $ (4,039 ) 

Amounts related to unrecognized actuarial losses for the plan, on a pre-tax basis, that have been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss amounted to $5,563,000 and $3,914,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Pension and Other Benefits  – (continued)

The net periodic pension cost for 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes the following components:

     
  2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Service cost   $     $     $  
Interest cost     589       601       606  
Expected return on plan assets     (381 )      (413 )      (288 ) 
Net amortization and deferral     179       130        
Net periodic pension expense   $ 387     $ 318     $ 318  

The following table presents the assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligation in each of the last three years.

     
  2011   2010   2009
Discount rate     4.64 %      5.25 %      5.75 % 
Rate of compensation increase     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets     5.50 %      6.25 %      5.00 % 

The following information is provided at December 31:

     
  2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Information for Plans With a Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets
                          
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 31                           
Discount rate     5.25 %      5.75 %      6.25 % 
Expected long-term return on plan assets     5.50 %      6.25 %      5.00 % 
Rate of compensation increase     N/A       N/A       N/A  

The process of determining the overall expected long-term rate of return on plan assets begins with a review of appropriate investment data, including current yields on fixed income securities, historical investment data, historical plan performance and forecasts of inflation and future total returns for the various asset classes. This data forms the basis for the construction of a best-estimate range of real investment return for each asset class. An average, weighted real-return range is computed reflecting the Plan’s expected asset mix, and that range, when combined with an expected inflation range, produces an overall best-estimate expected return range. Specific factors such as the Plan’s investment policy, reinvestment risk and investment volatility are taken into consideration during the construction of the best estimate real return range, as well as in the selection of the final return assumption from within the range.

Plan Assets

The Union Center National Bank Pension Trust’s weighted-average asset allocation at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, by asset category, is as follows:

     
Asset Category   2011   2010   2009
Equity securities     47 %      44 %      44 % 
Debt and/or fixed income securities     41 %      37 %      46 % 
Alternative investments, including commodities, foreign currency and real estate     4 %      %      5 % 
Cash and other alternative investments, including hedge funds, equity structured notes     8 %      19 %      5 % 
Total     100 %      100 %      100 % 

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Pension and Other Benefits  – (continued)

The general investment policy of the Pension Trust is for the fund to experience growth in assets that will allow the market value to exceed the value of benefit obligations over time. Appropriate diversification on a total fund basis is achieved by following an allowable range of commitment within asset category, as follows:

   
  Range   Target
Equity securities     21 – 32 %      26 % 
Debt and/or fixed income securities     33 – 49 %      41 % 
International equity     18 – 27 %      22 % 
Short term     N/A       N/A  
Other     8 – 13 %      11 % 

The fair values of the Corporation’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, by asset category, are as follows:

       
  December 31,
2011
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Cash   $ 512     $ 512     $     $  
Equity securities:
                                   
U.S. companies     1,788       1,788              
International companies     1,405       1,405              
U.S. Treasury securities     2,798       2,798              
Commodities     259       259              
Total   $  6,762     $  6,762     $   —     $   —  

       
  December 31, 2010   Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Cash   $ 1,379     $ 1,379     $     $  
Equity Securities:
                                   
U.S. companies     1,522       1,522              
International companies     1,534       1,534              
U.S. Treasury securities     2,378       2,378              
Corporate bonds     180       180              
Total   $  6,993     $  6,993     $   —     $   —  

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15 — Pension and Other Benefits  – (continued)

The following table presents the changes in pension plan asset with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Beginning balance, January 1,   $     $ 331  
Actual return on plan assets:
                 
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date            
Relating to assets sold during the period           8  
Purchases, sales and settlements           (339 ) 
Transfers out of Level 3            
Ending balance, December 31,   $   —     $  

The investment manager is not authorized to purchase, acquire or otherwise hold certain types of market securities (subordinated bonds, real estate investment trusts, limited partnerships, naked puts, naked calls, stock index futures, oil, gas or mineral exploration ventures or unregistered securities) or to employ certain types of market techniques (margin purchases or short sales) or to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, or in any manner transfer as security for indebtedness, any security owned or held by the Plan.

Cash Flows

Contributions

The Bank expects to contribute $453,000 to its Pension Trust in 2012.

The Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010, signed into law on June 25, 2010, permits single employer and multiple employer defined benefit plan sponsors to elect to extend the plan’s amortization period of a Shortfall Amortization Base over either a nine year period or a fifteen year period, rather than the seven year period required under the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

The Bank has elected to apply the Pension Relief Act Fifteen Year amortization of the Shortfall Amortization Base for its 2012 minimum funding requirement. The minimum amount to be funded is $453,000, as noted above, by December 31, 2012 with the understanding that fully funding the plan earlier than this date will lower this amount and that funding the plan after this date will increase this amount. As noted, this amount is the minimum required funding amount. The Bank does have the option of funding above this amount but has contributed the minimum historically.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in each year 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and years 2017-2021, respectively: $701,241, $717,192, $775,137, $767,674, $772,132 and $3,980,680.

401(k) Benefit Plan

The Corporation maintains a 401(k) employee savings plan to provide for defined contributions which covers substantially all employees of the Corporation. The Corporation’s contribution to its 401(k) plan provides a dollar-for-dollar matching contribution up to six percent of salary deferrals. For 2011, 2010 and 2009, employer contributions amounted to $358,000, $294,000 and $266,000, respectively.

Note 16 — Stock Based Compensation

Stock Option Plans

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation maintained two stock-based compensation plans from which new grants could be issued. The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan permits the grant of “incentive stock options” as

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Stock Based Compensation  – (continued)

defined under the Internal Revenue Code, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards to employees, including officers, and consultants of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The 2003 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan permits the grant of non-qualified stock options to the Corporation’s non-employee directors. An aggregate of 394,417 shares remain available for grant under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and an aggregate of 431,003 shares remain available for grant under the 2003 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. Such shares may be treasury shares, newly issued shares or a combination thereof.

Options have been granted to purchase common stock principally at the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options vest over a three year vesting period starting one year after the date of grant and generally expire ten years from the date of grant.

The total compensation expense related to these plans was $35,000, $51,000 and $77,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

As a result of the compensation expense related to stock options: (i) for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s income before income taxes and net income was reduced by $35,000 and $21,000, respectively; (ii) for the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s income before income taxes and net income was reduced by $51,000 and $31,000, respectively; and (iii) for the year ended December 31, 2009, the Corporation’s income before income taxes and net income was reduced by $77,000 and $51,000, respectively.

Under the principal option plans, the Corporation may grant restricted stock awards to certain employees. Restricted stock awards are non-vested stock awards. Restricted stock awards are independent of option grants and are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to the release of the restrictions. Such awards generally vest during a period specified at the date of grant. During that period, ownership of the shares cannot be transferred. Restricted stock has the same cash dividend and voting rights as other common stock and is considered to be currently issued and outstanding. The Corporation expenses the cost of the restricted stock awards, which is determined to be the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant, ratably over the period during which the restrictions lapse. During 2011, 2,780 shares were awarded while in 2010, 2,803 shares were awarded. During 2009, no shares were awarded. All shares were issued from Treasury shares. The amount of compensation cost related to restricted stock awards included in salary expense was $25,000, $25,000 and zero in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, all shares relating to restricted stock awards were vested. Thus, there were no restricted stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2011.

Options covering 27,784, 38,203 and 38,203 shares were granted on March 1, 2011, March 1, 2010 and March 1, 2009, respectively. The fair value of share-based payment awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions and weighted average fair values:

     
  2011   2010   2009
Weighted average fair value of grants   $ 1.89     $ 2.16     $ 1.48  
Risk-free interest rate     2.19 %      2.29 %      1.90 % 
Dividend yield     1.32 %      1.41 %      4.69 % 
Expected volatility     22.25 %      28.60 %      33.00 % 
Expected life in months     65       62       69  

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16 — Stock Based Compensation  – (continued)

Option activity under the principal option plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

       
  Shares   Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining Contractual Term
(In Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2010     198,946     $ 9.75                    
Granted     27,784       9.11                    
Exercised     (42,495 )      7.23                    
Forfeited/cancelled/expired     (12,857 )      11.75                    
Outstanding at December 31, 2011     171,378     $ 10.01       5.93     $ 111,309  
Exercisable at December 31, 2011     105,388     $ 10.75         4.48     $ 41,611  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Corporation’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the twelve-months of fiscal 2011 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the Parent Corporation’s stock.

As of December 31, 2011, $59,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.39 years. Changes in options outstanding during the past three years were as follows:

   
Stock Option Plan   Shares   Exercise Price
Range per Share
Outstanding, December 31, 2008 (125,468 shares exercisable)     185,164        $6.07 to $15.73  
Granted during 2009     38,203     $ 7.67  
Exercised during 2009     (9,289 )    $ 6.07  
Expired or canceled during 2009     (22,076 )       $6.07 to $15.73  
Outstanding, December 31, 2009 (124,271 shares exercisable)     192,002        $7.67 to $15.73  
Granted during 2010     38,203     $ 8.53  
Exercised during 2010     0     $ 0.00  
Expired or canceled during 2010     (31,259 )       $7.67 to $15.73  
Outstanding, December 31, 2010 (138,898) shares exercisable)     198,946        $7.67 to $15.73  
Granted during 2011     27,784     $ 9.11  
Exercised during 2011     (42,495 )    $ 7.71  
Expired or canceled during 2011     (12,857 )    $ 10.50 to $15.73  
Outstanding, December 31, 2011 (105,388) shares exercisable)     171,378        $7.67 to $15.73  

Under the Director Stock Option Plan, there were stock options granted with a weighted average fair value of 27,784 and $1.89, 38,203 and $2.16 and 38,203 and $1.48 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were 2,780, 2,803 and zero share stock options granted under the Employee Stock Incentive Plan during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 17 — Dividends and Other Restrictions

Certain restrictions, including capital requirements, exist on the availability of undistributed net profits of the Bank for the future payment of dividends to the Parent Corporation. A dividend may not be paid if it would impair the capital of the Bank. Furthermore, prior approval by the Comptroller of the Currency is

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 17 — Dividends and Other Restrictions  – (continued)

required if the total of dividends declared in a calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net profits for that year combined with the retained profits for the two preceding years. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) has determined that the Memorandum of Understanding (the “MOU”) that had previously been entered into by the Bank is no longer required and, accordingly, the OCC has terminated the MOU. Therefore, the Bank may declare dividends without prior approval of the OCC. At December 31, 2011, approximately $22.3 million was available for payment of dividends based on the preceding guidelines.

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Corporation’s financial and non-financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for substantially all financial and non-financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Corporation could have realized in a sale transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective year-ends and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial and non-financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each year-end.

FASB ASC 820-10-05 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date.

FASB ASC 820-10-65 provides additional guidance for estimating fair value in accordance with FASB ASC 820-10-05 when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. This ASC also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly.

FASB ASC 820-10-05 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under FASB ASC 820-10-05 are as follows:

Level 1:  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2:  Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3:  Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (for example, supported with little or no market activity).

An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Corporation since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Corporation’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Corporation’s assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents approximate those assets’ fair value.

Securities Available-for-Sale

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified with Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 inputs include securities that have quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. Examples of instruments, which would generally be classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, include municipal bonds and certain agency collateralized mortgage obligations. In certain cases where there is limited activity in the market for a particular instrument, assumptions must be made to determine their fair value and are classified as Level 3. Due to the inactive condition of the markets amidst the financial crisis, the Corporation treated certain securities as Level 3 securities in order to provide more appropriate valuations. For assets in an inactive market, the infrequent trades that do occur are not a true indication of fair value. When measuring fair value, the valuation techniques available under the market approach, income approach and/or cost approach are used. The Corporation’s evaluations are based on market data and the Corporation employs combinations of these approaches for its valuation methods depending on the asset class.

At December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s two pooled trust preferred securities, ALESCO 6 and ALESCO 7, and one private label collateralized mortgage obligation were classified as Level 3. Market pricing for the Level 3 securities varied widely from one pricing service to another based on the lack of trading. As such, these securities were considered to no longer have readily observable market data that was accurate to support a fair value as prescribed by FASB ASC 820-10-05. The fair value measurement objective remained the same in that the price received by the Corporation would result from an orderly transaction (an exit price notion) and that the observable transactions considered in fair value were not forced liquidations or distressed sales at the measurement date.

In regards to the pooled trust preferred securities (“pooled TRUPS”) and the private issue single name trust preferred security (“single name TRUP”), or collectively (“TRUPS”), the Corporation was able to determine fair value of the TRUPS using a market approach validation technique based on Level 2 inputs that did not require significant adjustments. The Level 2 inputs included:

(a) Quoted prices in active markets for similar TRUPS with insignificant adjustments for differences between the TRUPS that the Corporation holds and similar TRUPS.
(b) Quoted prices in markets that are not active that represent current transactions for the same or similar TRUPS that do not require significant adjustment based on unobservable inputs.

Since June 30, 2008, the market for these TRUPS has become increasingly inactive. The inactivity was evidenced first by a significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which these TRUPS trade and then by a significant decrease in the volume of trades relative to historical levels as well as other relevant factors. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation determined that the market for similar TRUPS had stabilized. That determination was made considering that there are more observable transactions for similar TRUPS, the prices for those transactions that have occurred are current and or represent fair value, and the

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

observable prices for those transactions have stabilized over time, thus increasing the potential relevance of those observations. However, the Corporation’s three TRUPS at December 31, 2011 have been classified within Level 3 because the Corporation determined that significant adjustments using unobservable inputs are required to determine a true fair value at the measurement date.

The Corporation owns three variable rate private label collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs), which were also evaluated for impairment. The Variable Rate Collateralized Mortgage Obligations were originally issued in 2006 and are 30 year Adjustable Rate Mortgage loans secured by a first lien, fully amortizing one-to-four residential mortgage loans. The tranche purchased was a Super Senior with an original credit rating of AAA/AA. The top five states geographic concentration comprised in the deal were California 18.2 percent, Arizona 10.5 percent, Virginia 6.1 percent, Florida 6.5 percent and Nevada 6.3 percent. No one state exceeded a 25 percent concentration. These states have been heavily impacted by the financial crises and as such have sustained heavy delinquencies affecting the credit rating of the security. Management had applied aggressive default rates to identify if any credit impairment exists, as these bonds were downgraded to below investment grade. The Corporation recorded $324,000 in principal losses on these bonds in 2011, and expects additional losses in future periods. As such, management determined that an other-than-temporary impairment charge exists and recorded a $18,000 write down to the bonds, which represents 0.5 percent of the par amount of $3.8 million. The new cost basis for these securities has been written down to $3.2 million and the fair value is $1.9 million.

The Corporation determined that an income approach valuation technique (present value technique) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs will be equally or more representative of fair value than the market approach valuation technique used at the prior measurement dates. As a result, the Corporation used the discount rate adjustment technique to determine fair value.

The fair value as of December 31, 2011 was determined by discounting the expected cash flows over the life of the security. The discount rate was determined by deriving a discount rate when the markets were considered more active for this type of security. To this estimated discount rate, additions were made for more liquid markets and increased credit risk as well as assessing the risks in the security, such as default risk and severity risk. The securities continue to make scheduled cash flows and no material cash flow payment defaults have occurred to date.

Securities Held-to-Maturity

The fair value of the Company’s investment securities held-to-maturity was primarily measured using information from a third-party pricing service.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are required to be measured at the lower of cost or fair value. Under FASB ASC 820-10-05, market value is to represent fair value. Management obtains quotes or bids on all or part of these loans directly from the purchasing financial institutions.

Loans Receivable

The fair value of performing loans, except residential mortgages, is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risks inherent in the loan. The estimate of maturity is based on the historical experience of the Bank with prepayments for each loan classification, modified as required by an estimate of the effect of current economic and lending conditions. For performing residential mortgage loans, fair value is estimated by discounting contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment estimates using discount rates based on secondary market sources adjusted to reflect differences in servicing and credit costs.

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

Restricted Stocks

The carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stocks, which includes stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York, Federal Reserve Bank of New York and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank, approximates fair value, and considers the limited marketability of such securities.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable

The carrying value of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

Deposits

The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings and interest-bearing checking accounts, and money market and checking accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings that mature within six months and securities sold under agreements to repurchase have fair values which approximate carrying value.

Long-Term Borrowings

Fair values of FHLB advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new FHLB advances with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity. These prices obtained from this active market represent a market value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.

Subordinated Debt

The fair value of subordinated debentures is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows, using market discount rates of financial instruments with similar characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

The fair value of commitments to extend credits is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rate and the committed rates.

The fair value of financial standby letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

For financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows:

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

       
  December 31,
2011
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:
                                   
Federal agency obligations   $ 24,969     $ 2,004     $ 22,965     $  
Residential mortgage pass-through securities     115,364             115,364        
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivision     69,173       397       68,776  
Trust preferred securities     16,187             15,971       216  
Corporate bonds and notes     173,117       2,000       171,117        
Collateralized mortgage obligations     1,899                   1,899  
Asset-backed securities     7,653             7,653        
Equity securities     6,145       6,145              
Securities available-for-sale   $ 414,507     $ 10,546     $ 401,846     $ 2,115  

       
  December 31,
2010
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:
                                   
U.S. Treasury and agency securities   $ 6,995     $ 6,995     $     $  
Federal agency obligations     68,481             68,481        
Mortgage backed securities     177,733             177,733  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivision     37,225       16,936       20,289        
Trust preferred securities     18,731             18,589       142  
Corporate bonds and notes     61,434             61,434        
Collateralized mortgage obligations     2,728                   2,728  
Equity securities     4,753       4,753              
Securities available-for-sale   $ 378,080     $ 28,684     $ 346,526     $ 2,870  

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

The fair values used by the Corporation are obtained from an independent pricing service and represent either quoted market prices for the identical securities (Level 1 inputs) or fair values determined by pricing models using a market approach that considers observable market data, such as interest rate volatilities, LIBOR yield curve, credit spreads and prices from market makers and live trading systems (Level 2). The fair values of the federal agency obligations, obligations of states and political subdivision and corporate bonds and notes measured at fair value using Level 1 inputs at December 31, 2011 and 2010 represented the purchase price of the securities since they were acquired near year-end 2011 and 2010.

The following table presents the changes in securities available-for-sale with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

   
  2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Beginning balance, January 1,   $ 2,870     $ 2,349  
Transfers into Level 3           8,197  
Transfers out of Level 3           (5,174 ) 
Principal interest deferrals     118       118  
Principal paydown     (697 )      (1,083 ) 
Total net losses included in net income           (3,000 ) 
Total net unrealized (losses) gains     (176 )      1,463  
Ending balance, December 31,   $ 2,115     $ 2,870  

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

For assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, the fair value measurements at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

       
  December 31,
2011
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis:
                                   
Impaired loans   $ 10,740     $   —     $   —     $ 10,740  

       
  December 31,
2010
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis:
                                   
Impaired loans   $ 4,895     $   —     $   —     $ 4,895           

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, impaired loans totaled $11,825,000 and $5,534,000, respectively. The amount of related valuation allowances was $1,085,000 at December 31, 2011 and $639,000 at December 31, 2010.

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Corporation’s assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Impaired Loans

The value of an impaired loan is measured based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, such as residential mortgage loans and installment loans, are specifically excluded from the impaired loan portfolio. The Corporation’s impaired loans are primarily collateral dependent. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that each loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the related collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows.

Other Real Estate Owned

Certain assets such as other real estate owned (“OREO”) are measured at fair value less cost to sell. The Corporation believes that the fair value component in its valuation follows the provisions of FASB ASC 820-10-05. Fair value of OREO is determined by sales agreements or appraisals by qualified licensed appraisers approved and hired by the Corporation. Costs to sell associated with OREO is based on estimation per the terms and conditions of the sales agreements or appraisal. At December 31, 2011, the Corporation held approximately $591,000 fair value in OREO.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC 825-10 requires all entities to disclose the estimated fair value of their financial instrument assets and liabilities. For the Corporation, as for most financial institutions, the majority of its assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments as defined in FASB ASC 825-10. Many of the Corporation’s financial instruments, however, lack an available trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction. It is also the Corporation’s general practice and intent to hold its financial instruments to maturity and to not engage in trading or sales activities except for loans held-for-sale and available-for-sale securities. Therefore, significant estimations and assumptions, as well as present value calculations, were used by the Corporation for the purposes of this disclosure.

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

Estimated fair values have been determined by the Corporation using the best available data and an estimation methodology suitable for each category of financial instruments. For those loans and deposits with floating interest rates, it is presumed that estimated fair values generally approximate the recorded book balances. The estimation methodologies used, the estimated fair values, and the recorded book balances at December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows:

       
  December 31,
     2011   2010
     Carrying Amount   Fair Value   Carrying Amount   Fair Value
     (Dollars in Thousands)
FINANCIAL ASSETS:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 111,101     $ 111,101     $ 37,497     $ 37,497  
Investment securities available-for-sale     414,507       414,507       378,080       378,080  
Investment securities held-to-maturity     72,233       74,922              
Net loans (including loans held for sale)     746,408       752,252       699,577       706,309  
Restricted investment in bank stocks     9,233       9,233       9,596       9,596  
Accrued interest receivable     6,219       6,219       4,134       4,134  
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES:
                                   
Non-interest-bearing deposits     167,164       167,164       144,210       144,210  
Interest-bearing deposits     954,251       928,777       716,122       716,887  
Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreement to repurchase and FHLB advances     161,000       175,933       212,855       221,425  
Subordinated debentures     5,155       5,159       5,155       5,157  
Accrued interest payable     992       992       1,041       1,041  

Financial instruments actively traded in a secondary market have been valued using quoted available market prices. Cash and due from banks, interest-bearing time deposits in other banks, federal funds sold, and interest receivable are valued at book value, which approximates fair value. Financial liability instruments with stated maturities have been valued using a present value discounted cash flow analysis with a discount rate approximating current market for similar liabilities. Interest payable is valued at book value, which approximates fair value. Financial liability instruments with no stated maturities have an estimated fair value equal to both the amount payable on demand and the recorded book balance.

The fair value of the Corporation’s investment securities held-to-maturity was primarily measured using information from a third-party pricing service. Quoted prices in active markets were used whenever available. If quoted prices were not available, fair values were measured using pricing models or other valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for credit loss assumptions.

Loans held for sale are required to be measured at the lower of cost or fair value. Under FASB ASC 820-10-05, market value is to represent fair value. Management obtains quotes or bids on all or part of these loans directly from the purchasing financial institutions. There was $1,018,000 in loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 and $333,000 at December 31, 2010.

The net loan portfolio has been valued using a present value discounted cash flow. The discount rate used in these calculations is the current rate at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings, same remaining maturities, and assumed prepayment risk.

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 18 — Fair Value Measurements and Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

The fair value of commitments to originate loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair values of letters of credit and lines of credit are based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.

Changes in assumptions or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on these estimated fair values.

The Corporation’s remaining assets and liabilities, which are not considered financial instruments, have not been valued differently than has been customary with historical cost accounting. No disclosure of the relationship value of the Corporation’s core deposit base is required by FASB ASC 825-10.

Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments, without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. For example, there are certain significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities, such as the brokerage network, deferred taxes, premises and equipment, and goodwill. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

Management believes that reasonable comparability between financial institutions may not be likely, due to the wide range of permitted valuation techniques and numerous estimates which must be made, given the absence of active secondary markets for many of the financial instruments. This lack of uniform valuation methodologies also introduces a greater degree of subjectivity to these estimated fair values.

Note 19 — Parent Corporation Only Financial Statements

The Parent Corporation operates its wholly-owned subsidiary, Union Center National Bank. The earnings of this subsidiary are recognized by the Corporation using the equity method of accounting. Accordingly, earnings are recorded as increases in the Corporation’s investment in the subsidiaries and dividends paid reduce the investment in the subsidiaries. The ability of the Parent Corporation to pay dividends will largely depend upon the dividends paid to it by the Bank. Dividends payable by the Bank to the Corporation are restricted under supervisory regulations (see Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 19 — Parent Corporation Only Financial Statements  – (continued)

Condensed financial statements of the Parent Corporation only are as follows:

Condensed Statements of Condition

   
  At December 31,
     2011   2010
     (Dollars in Thousands)
ASSETS
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 2,042     $ 4,299  
Investment in subsidiaries     139,107       122,129  
Securities available for sale     419       432  
Other assets     191       22  
Total assets   $ 141,759     $ 126,882  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                 
Other liabilities   $ 688     $ 460  
Securities sold under repurchase agreement           310  
Subordinated debentures     5,155       5,155  
Stockholders’ equity     135,916       120,957  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 141,759     $ 126,882  

Condensed Statements of Income

     
  For Years Ended December 31,
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Income:
                          
Dividend income from subsidiaries   $ 785     $ 500     $ 2,474  
Other income     7       8       3  
Net losses on available for sale securities           (97 )      (325 ) 
Management fees     294       290       298  
Total Income     1,086       701       2,450  
Expenses     (615 )      (635 )      (604 ) 
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     471       66       1,846  
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries     13,455       6,938       1,925  
Net Income   $ 13,926     $ 7,004     $ 3,771  

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 19 — Parent Corporation Only Financial Statements  – (continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

     
  For Years Ended December 31
     2011   2010   2009
     (Dollars in Thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                          
Net income   $ 13,926     $ 7,004     $ 3,771  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                          
Net losses on available for sale securities           97       325  
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary     (13,455 )      (6,938 )      (1,925 ) 
Change in deferred tax asset     3       224       (111 ) 
(Increase) decrease in other assets     (298 )      (44 )      1,838  
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     220       70       (844 ) 
Stock based compensation     35       51       77  
Net cash provided by operating activities     431       464       3,131  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                          
Maturity of available-for-sale securities           130       659  
Investments in subsidiaries     (1,250 )      (8,000 )      (19,000 ) 
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,250 )      (7,870 )      (18,341 ) 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                          
Net decrease in borrowings     (310 )      (82 )      (411 ) 
Cash dividends on common stock     (1,955 )      (1,800 )      (3,166 ) 
Cash dividends on preferred stock     (417 )      (500 )      (425 ) 
Proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock     11,250              
Redemption of Series A preferred stock     (10,000 )             
Warrant repurchased     (245 )             
Issuance cost of common stock     (5 )      (6 )      (11 ) 
Issuance cost of Series B preferred stock     (84 )             
Proceeds from exercise of stock options     328             57  
Proceeds from restricted stock           25        
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants                 10,000  
Proceeds from issuance of shares from stock offerings           12,148       11,000  
Issuance cost of common stock from common stock offering           (770 )          
Tax (expense) from stock based compensation           7       (73 ) 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (1,438 )      9,022       16,971  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (2,257 )      1,616       1,761  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     4,299       2,683       922  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year   $ 2,042     $ 4,299     $ 2,683  

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CENTER BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 20 — Quarterly Financial Information of Center Bancorp, Inc. (Unaudited)

       
  2011
     4th Quarter   3rd Quarter   2nd Quarter   1st Quarter
     (Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Data)
Total interest income   $ 13,263     $ 12,919     $ 12,878     $ 12,867  
Total interest expense     3,101       3,069       3,085       2,922  
Net interest income     10,162       9,850       9,793       9,945  
Provision for loan losses     300       1,020       250       878  
Total other income, net of securities gains     1,049       1,033       931       831  
Net securities gains     817       1,250       801       766  
Other expense     6,222       5,529       5,757       5,935  
Income before income taxes     5,506       5,584       5,518       4,729  
Provision from income taxes     1,884       1,882       1,934       1,711  
Net income   $ 3,622     $ 3,702     $ 3,584     $ 3,018  
Net income available to common stockholders   $ 3,238     $ 3,557     $ 3,439     $ 2,872  
Earnings per share:
                                   
Basic   $ 0.20     $ 0.22     $ 0.21     $ 0.18  
Diluted   $ 0.20     $ 0.22     $ 0.21     $ 0.18  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                   
Basic     16,311,193       16,290,700       16,290,700       16,290,391  
Diluted     16,327,990       16,313,366       16,315,667       16,300,604  

       
  2010
     4th Quarter   3rd Quarter   2nd Quarter   1st Quarter
     (Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Data)
Total interest income   $ 11,519     $ 12,035     $ 12,488     $ 12,672  
Total interest expense     3,138       3,653       3,831       4,163  
Net interest income     8,381       8,382       8,657       8,509  
Provision for loan losses     2,048       1,307       781       940  
Total other income, net of securities gains     989       1,102       825       895  
Net securities gains (losses)     315       1,033       657       (3,344 ) 
Other expense     5,997       5,442       6,268       6,392  
Income (loss) before income taxes     1,640       3,768       3,090       (1,272 ) 
Provision (Benefit) from income taxes     (930 )      1,629       1,076       (1,553 ) 
Net income   $ 2,570     $ 2,139     $ 2,014     $ 281  
Net income available to common stockholders   $ 2,426     $ 1,993     $ 1,868     $ 136  
Earnings per share:
                                   
Basic   $ 0.15     $ 0.14     $ 0.13     $ 0.01  
Diluted   $ 0.15     $ 0.14     $ 0.13     $ 0.01  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                   
Basic     16,289,832       14,649,397       14,574,832       14,574,832  
Diluted     16,290,071       14,649,397       14,576,223       14,579,871  

Note:  Due to rounding, quarterly earnings per share may not sum to reported annual earnings per share.

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in its Exchange Act reports is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Corporation evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) as of December 31, 2011. Based upon that evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date as described below in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Item 9A(b)).

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Corporation’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management, Board of Directors and shareholders regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Corporation; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As part of the Corporation’s program to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 (the “Assessment”). In making this Assessment, management used the control criteria framework of the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission published in its report entitled Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Management’s Assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its Assessment with the Audit Committee.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Based on this Assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2011, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

ParenteBeard LLC, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, is included in this item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(c) Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Center Bancorp, Inc.

We have audited Center Bancorp, Inc.’s (the “Corporation”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Center Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. A corporation’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the corporation are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the corporation; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Center Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of Center Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 and our report dated March 13, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ ParenteBeard LLC

ParenteBeard LLC
Clark, New Jersey
March 13, 2012

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(d) Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in the Assessment that occurred during the last fiscal quarter to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Corporate Governance

The Corporation responds to this item by incorporating herein by reference the material responsive to such item in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Certain information on Executive Officers of the registrant is included in Part I, Item 3A of this report, which is also incorporated herein by reference.

The Corporation maintains a code of ethics applicable to the Corporation’s chief executive officer, senior financial professional personnel (including the Corporation’s chief financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar transactions), all other executive officers and all directors. The Corporation also maintains a code of conduct applicable to all other employees. Copies of both codes were filed as exhibits to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003. The Corporation will provide copies of such codes to any person without charge, upon request to Anthony C. Weagley, President and Chief Executive Officer, Center Bancorp, Inc., 2455 Morris Avenue, Union, NJ 07083.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The Corporation responds to this item by incorporating herein by reference the material responsive to such item in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The Corporation responds to this item by incorporating herein by reference the material responsive to such item in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Stock Compensation Plan Information

For information related to stock based compensation, see Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The following table gives information about the Corporation’s common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and rights under the Corporation’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, 1999 Incentive Plan, 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan, 1993 Outside Director Stock Option Plan and 2003 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan as of December 31, 2011. These plans were the Corporation’s only equity compensation plans in existence as of December 31, 2011.

     
Plan Category   Number of Securities
to Be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(a)
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(b)
  Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in
Column (a))
(c)
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders     171,378     $ 7.67 – $15.73       825,420  
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders                  
Total     171,378     $ 7.67 – $15.73       825,420  

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The Corporation responds to this item by incorporating herein by reference the material responsive to such item in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The Corporation responds to this item by incorporating herein by reference the material responsive to such item in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1)  Financial Statements and Schedules:

The following Financial Statements and Supplementary Data are filed as part of this annual report:

(b) Exhibits (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K) filed herewith or incorporated by reference as part of this annual report.

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
2.1    Bank Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated February 1, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Saddle River Valley Bancorp and Saddle River Valley Bank is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 2012.
3.1    The Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation.
3.2    By-Laws of the Registrant is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
10.1     Small Business Lending Fund — Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms attached thereto dated September 15, 2011, between the Registrant and the United States Department of the Treasury is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 21, 2011.
10.2*    The Registrant’s 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
10.3*    The Registrant’s 1993 Outside Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993.
10.5*    The Registrant’s Annual Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.
10.6*    Amended and restated employment agreement among the Registrant, its bank subsidiary and Anthony C. Weagley, effective as of January 1, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 22, 2008.
10.7     Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, between the Registrant, and Anthony C. Weagley is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 6, 2010.
10.8     Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, between the Registrant, and James W. Sorge is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 6, 2010.
10.9*    Center Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 2009.
10.10*   Center Bancorp, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
10.11    Registrant’s Placement Agreement dated December 12, 2003 with Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. to issue and sell $5 million aggregate liquidation amount of floating rate MMCapS(SM) Securities is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
10.12    Indenture dated as of December 19, 2003, between the Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company relating to $5.0 million aggregate principal amount of floating rate debentures is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
10.13    Amended and restated Declaration of Trust of Center Bancorp Statutory Trust II, dated as of December 19, 2003 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
10.14    Guarantee Agreement between Registrant and Wilmington Trust Company dated as of December 19, 2003 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
10.15    Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 29, 2004, relating to securities issued in a September 2004 private placement of securities, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 1, 2004.
10.16*   The Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2003 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 5, 2008.
10.17*   Amended and restated Employment Agreement among the Registrant, its bank subsidiary and Mark S. Cardone, effective as of January 1, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2007. See also Exhibit 10.22.
10.18    Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 30, 2005, relating to securities issued in a June 2005 private placement of securities is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2005.
10.19*   Open Market Share Purchase Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 26, 2006.
10.20*   Amendment to Employment Agreement among the Registrant, its bank subsidiary and Mark Cardone, dated December 3, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 10-K dated December 20, 2007.
10.23    Repurchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2011, between the Registrant and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the repurchase of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to TARP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 21, 2011.
10.24    Warrant Letter Agreement, dated December 7, 2011, providing for the repurchase of the warrants issued pursuant to TARP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2011.
11.1     Statement regarding computation of per share earnings is omitted because the computation can be clearly determined from the material incorporated by reference in this Report.
12.1     Statement of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
14.1     Code of Ethics is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1     Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1     Power of attorney

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
31.1     Personal certification of the chief executive officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2     Personal certification of the chief financial officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1**   Personal certification of the chief executive officer pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**   Personal certification of the chief financial officer pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.1     Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 111 (b) (4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
99.2     Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 111 (b) (4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
99.3     Code of Conduct is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
101***   INS XBRL instance document
101***   SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101***   CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101***   DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101***   LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101***   PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
(c) Financial Statement Schedules

* Management contract on compensatory plan or arrangement.
** Furnished herewith.
*** In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report shall not be deemed “filed” for purposed of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject liability under that Section.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are either inapplicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Center Bancorp, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
  CENTER BANCORP, INC.
March 13, 2012  

By:

/s/ Anthony C. Weagley
Anthony C. Weagley
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the following persons on behalf of the Registrant, in the capacities described below on March 13, 2012, have signed this report below.

 
/s/ Alexander A. Bol*
Alexander A. Bol
  Chairman of the Board
/s/ James J. Kennedy*
James J. Kennedy
  Director
/s/ Howard Kent*
Howard Kent
  Director
/s/ Nicolas Minoia*
Nicholas Minoia
  Director
/s/ Harold Schechter*
Harold Schechter
  Director
/s/ Lawrence B. Seidman*
Lawrence B. Seidman
  Director
/s/ Alan H Straus*
Alan H Straus
  Director
/s/ William A. Thompson*
William A. Thompson
  Director
/s/ Raymond Vanaria*
Raymond Vanaria
  Director
/s/ Anthony C. Weagley
Anthony C. Weagley
  President and Chief Executive Officer
/s/ Vincent N. Tozzi*
Vincent N. Tozzi
  Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

*By:

/s/ Anthony C. Weagley
Anthony C. Weagley
Attorney-in-fact

    

74